Equipment & Instruments

Balance

AP Series – Advanced Performance UniBloc Balance / Semi – Micro Analytical Balance

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1375" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fanalytical%2Fap-semimicro%2Fap_series.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] Highly-sophisticated simulation technology produced advanced UniBloc AP ™ Increased weighing capacity from 135mg to 220g (0.01mg model) Micro amount weighing over 135mg (read 0.01mg step) is possible.

Faster Response and Higher Stability

High Speed - Fast weighing response The response time for trace measurements (from 1 mg) is reduced to about 2 seconds. This significantly improves weighing efficiency.

Stress Free - A variety of accessories and options suitable for semi-micro measurements The STABLO-AP ionizer can be mounted. This eliminates the influence of static electricity, achieving reliable measurements in a simpler procedure.

For Regulation-for the Pharmaceutical Industry Interlocking with LabSolutions Balance enables compliance with a variety of regulations for measurement data integrity, including ISO 17025 for testing laboratories, ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 for the manufacturing industry, and GLP/GMP and the United States Pharmacopeia (USP) for the pharmaceutical industry.

For HPLC Functions are included for the preparation of buffer solutions used in HPLC. As a result, the operation can be performed accurately and easily, even by non-specialists.

Save Your Operation Equipped with USB as standard. Includes many diverse functions to support users.

Features:

Minimum display: 0.01mg / 0.1mg
Maximum capacity: 52g to 320g (Depends on model)
Included built in calibration
Response time for trace mesaurement reduced to about 2s
Optional ionizer eliminates static electricity in 1s
Engineered to resist temperature changes and disturbance.
High visability EL display
Waring signal of minimum sample quantity
Registered sample name or ID can be associated with measurement values
Specific gravity can be measured with specific gravity measurement kit

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Easy-to-Read Organic EL Display (All models)

Because the pixel elements in the organic electroluminescence display emit light, the screen can be seen clearly even in dark locations. Multi-language display capability*2 provides a more intuitive operating interface. A wider viewing angle has also improved the visibility of measurement values, which helps increase the efciency of measuring operations.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

Clear visible from the side[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

English example[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

Built-in High-Performance Ionizer (Optional)

The ionizer eliminates influence of static electricity in 1/10 the time of previous models. Note: Example of typical static electricity removal time (±1000 V --> ±100 V) 1 sec. for STABLO-AP and 10 sec. for STABLO-EX[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/WC369euxu1o" align="center" title="AP series"][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:

Model	Capacity	Minimum Display	Repeatability (standard deviation)	Linearity	Response Time	Pan size
AP225W NEW!	220g	0.01mg	0.015mg (to 20g) 0.03mg (to 100g) 0.05mg (to weighing capacity)	0.1mg	8s	91mm
AP135W	135g	0.01mg	0.05mg	0.1mg	8s	91mm
AP125WD	120g/52g	0.1mg/0.01mg	0.1mg/0.02mg	0.2mg/0.05mg	2s/8s	91mm
AP225WD	220g/102g	0.1mg/0.01mg	0.1mg/0.05mg	0.2mg/0.1mg	2s/8s	91mm
AP124W	120g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP224W	220g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP324W	320g	0.1mg	0.15mg	0.3mg	2s	91mm
AP124X	120g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP224X	220g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP324X	320g	0.1mg	0.15mg	0.3mg	2s	91mm
AP124Y	120g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP224Y	220g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP324Y	320g	0.1mg	0.15mg	0.3mg	2s	91mm

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1375" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

快速

采用新型质量传感器 UniBloc AP，反应速度和稳定性均得以大幅提升。可实现快速稳定的测量。
采用新处理方法软件（AP-I系统），提升测量操作感，让您更舒适和自由地使用天平。

可靠

消除静电对测量的影响，确保可靠的测量结果。(需要选配件STABLO-AP)

操作简便

标准配备USB和RS232C连接器。可同时向打印机和PC输出数据。通过USB主设备（W系列配备），可连接USB存储器、键盘、条形码识别器。
采用在黑暗处也可清晰看清屏幕的“有机EL显示器”。
支持用户检查天平的功能。选择检查功能，操作界面即显示检查操作步骤。
标准配备缓冲溶液的制备模式，样品制备模式，调配配方模式等。
安全可靠的用户管理功能
符合ISO/GMP/GLP的打印功能
Labsolutions balance可实现天平称量数据在数据库中的一元化管理

Labsolutions balance可实现天平称量数据在数据库中的一元化管理

型号	量程	精度	重复性	线性	平均响应时间	称盘尺寸
AP135W	135g	0.01mg	0.05mg	0.1mg	8s	91mm
AP125WD	120g/52g	0.1mg/0.01mg	0.1mg/0.02mg	0.2mg/0.05mg	2s/8s	91mm
AP225WD	220g/102g	0.1mg/0.01mg	0.1mg/0.05mg	0.2mg/0.1mg	2s/8s	91mm
AP124W	120g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP224W	220g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP324W	320g	0.1mg	0.15mg	0.3mg	2s	91mm
AP124X	120g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP224X	220g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP324X	320g	0.1mg	0.15mg	0.3mg	2s	91mm
AP124Y	120g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP224Y	220g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP324Y	320g	0.1mg	0.15mg	0.3mg	2s	91mm

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

{:}{:tw}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主頁 > 儀器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1375" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

快速

采用新型质量传感器 UniBloc AP，反应速度和稳定性均得以大幅提升。可实现快速稳定的测量。
采用新处理方法软件（AP-I系统），提升测量操作感，让您更舒适和自由地使用天平。

可靠

消除静电对测量的影响，确保可靠的测量结果。(需要选配件STABLO-AP)

操作简便

标准配备USB和RS232C连接器。可同时向打印机和PC输出数据。通过USB主设备（W系列配备），可连接USB存储器、键盘、条形码识别器。
采用在黑暗处也可清晰看清屏幕的“有机EL显示器”。
支持用户检查天平的功能。选择检查功能，操作界面即显示检查操作步骤。
标准配备缓冲溶液的制备模式，样品制备模式，调配配方模式等。
安全可靠的用户管理功能
符合ISO/GMP/GLP的打印功能
Labsolutions balance可实现天平称量数据在数据库中的一元化管理

Labsolutions balance可实现天平称量数据在数据库中的一元化管理

型号	量程	精度	重复性	线性	平均响应时间	称盘尺寸
AP135W	135g	0.01mg	0.05mg	0.1mg	8s	91mm
AP125WD	120g/52g	0.1mg/0.01mg	0.1mg/0.02mg	0.2mg/0.05mg	2s/8s	91mm
AP225WD	220g/102g	0.1mg/0.01mg	0.1mg/0.05mg	0.2mg/0.1mg	2s/8s	91mm
AP124W	120g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP224W	220g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP324W	320g	0.1mg	0.15mg	0.3mg	2s	91mm
AP124X	120g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP224X	220g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP324X	320g	0.1mg	0.15mg	0.3mg	2s	91mm
AP124Y	120g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP224Y	220g	0.1mg	0.1mg	0.2mg	2s	91mm
AP324Y	320g	0.1mg	0.15mg	0.3mg	2s	91mm

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

{:}

ATX/ATY Series – Analytical Balance

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1378" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fqn504200000065ni-att%2Fc054-e066c.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Minimum display: 0.1mg
Maximum sample capacity: 62g to 320g (Depends on model)
Superior performance and budgeted balance
Designed to set large container on the pan up to 91mm diameter.
Allow internal calibration by pressing keys (ATX Series only)
External calibration can perform by span calibration
Easy setting to adjust the desire ratio of stability and response
Convenient for making multiple measurement of sample and also the total mass
Compare sample to target values or pass/fail criteria

Model	ATX84	ATX124	ATX224	ATX324	ATY64	ATY124	ATY224	ATY324
Capacity	82 g	120 g	220 g	320 g	62 g	120 g	220 g	320 g
Minimum Display	0.1 mg
Repeatability (Standard Deviation)	≤0.1 mg
Linearity	±0.2 mg
Stabilisation Time*1	Approx. 3.0 seconds
Operating Temperature and Humidity Limits	5-40°C 20-85%*2
Temperature Coefficient for Sensitivity (10-30°C)	±2ppm/°C
Pan Size (mm) approx.	Φ91
Main Body Dimensions (mm) approx.	213(W) x 356(D) x 338(H)
Main Body Weight (kg) approx.	6.2				6.0
Power requirement	12V, 1A
Internal Calibration	✔

*1 The Stabilisation time is a representative value *2 No condensation[/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/9zVWxjx-J_g" align="center"][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 天平[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1378" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

电动校准 马达驱动内砝码校准，只需一按键，可随时进行校准（ATX系列）或者可以使用外部砝码校准（ATX/ATY系列） 简易设定 在测量过程中，只需一按键，可快速调节天平的响应性及稳定性。 个数测定功能 校准记录可以有时间、日期，符合GLP/GMP/ISO要求。 合格判别功能 预先设定上下限值，按试样重量显示合格、过量、不足。 公式化测定 Windows直通视窗 测定数据可直接输到Windows应用程序上，无需安装其它软件。（但需要选配件IFB-102A数据转换） 大称量盘 称量盘达到91mm

型号	量程(g)	精度(mg)	重复性（mg）	线性（mg）	平均响应时间（S）	称盘尺寸（mm）
ATX224	220	0.1	0.1	0.2	2.5	91
ATX124	120	0.1	0.1	0.2	2.5	91
ATX84	82	0.1	0.1	0.2	2.5	91
ATY224	220	0.1	0.1	0.2	2.5	91
ATY124	120	0.1	0.1	0.2	2.5	91
ATY64	62	0.1	0.1	0.2	2.5	91

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:tw}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主頁 > 儀器 > 天平[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1378" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

型号	量程(g)	精度(mg)	重复性（mg）	线性（mg）	平均响应时间（S）	称盘尺寸（mm）
ATX224	220	0.1	0.1	0.2	2.5	91
ATX124	120	0.1	0.1	0.2	2.5	91
ATX84	82	0.1	0.1	0.2	2.5	91
ATY224	220	0.1	0.1	0.2	2.5	91
ATY124	120	0.1	0.1	0.2	2.5	91
ATY64	62	0.1	0.1	0.2	2.5	91

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

TX Series – Top-loading Balance

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="539,529" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Ftoploading%2Fqn504200000065zu-att%2Fqn50420000007k36.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Mininum display: 0.1g / 0.01g / 0.001g (Depends on model)
Maximum sample capacity: 320g to 6200g (Depends on model)
Extremely capable balance with easy to operate key layout
Expanded Piece Counting function of enter, store and recall up to 5 different samples
Can be used anywhere with battery power (TXB series only)
Power will automatically turn off after a fixed or pre-set time
Sliding glass door windbreak system to assure fine measurement (TX series with 0.001g minimum display)
Display provides prompts for calibration procedure
Able to convert into various of units

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

TX series

Model	TX223L	TX323L	TX423L	TX2202L	TX3202L	TX4202L
Capacity	220g	320g	420g	2200g	3200g	4200g
Minimum Display	0.001g	0.001g	0.001g	0.01g	0.01g	0.01g
Repeatability	0.001g			0.01g
Linearity	±0.002g			±0.02g
Operating Ambient Temperature	5-40°C
Temperature Coefficient Sensitivity (ppm/C)	±3
Pan Size (mm) approx.	ø110			167（W）×181（D）
Main Body Dimensions (mm) approx.	206（W）×291（D）×241（H)			200（W）×291（D）×80（H）
Weight (kg) approx.	3.8kg			2.8kg
Power requirement	AC adaptor ( DC12V, 1A )

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

TXC series

Model	TXC323L	TXC623L
Capacity	320ct	620ct
Minimum Display	0.001ct
Repeatability	0.001ct
Linearity	±0.002ct
Operating Ambient Temperature	5-40°C
Temperature Coefficient Sensitivity (ppm/C)	±3
Pan Size (mm) approx.	ø80
Main Body Dimensions (mm) approx.	206（W）×291（D）×241（H)
Weight (kg) approx.	3.8kg
Power requirement	AC adaptor ( DC12V, 1A )

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

TXB series

Model	TXB222L	TXB422L	TXB622L	TXB2201L	TXB4201L	TXB6201L	TXB621L	TXB6200L
Capacity	220g	420g	620g	2200g	4200g	6200g	620g	6200g
Minimum Display	0.01g			0.1g				1g
Repeatability	0.01g			0.1g				1g
Linearity	±0.01g	±0.02g		±0.1g	±0.2g		±0.1g	±1g
Operating Ambient Temperature	10-30°C
Temperature Coefficient Sensitivity (ppm/C)	±15	±10	±5	±15	±10	±5	±20
Pan Size (mm) approx.	ø110			ø160			ø110	ø160
Main Body Dimensions (mm) approx.	199（W）×260（D）×77（H）
Weight (kg) approx.	1.5kg
Power requirement	AC adaptor ( DC12V, 1A ) or 6AA batteries

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="539,529" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

电动校准 马达驱动内砝码校准，只需一按键，可随时进行校准（TW系列） 简易设定 在测量过程中，只需一按键，可快速调节天平的响应性及稳定性。 菜单操作键 菜单操作键容易操作的按键设计 Windows直通视窗 测定数据可直接输到Windows应用程序上，无需安装其它软件。 可使用干电池操作（TXB系列） 省电功能 如果你在一定时间内不使用天平，天平电源（TXB系列）或显示屏（TX系列）会自动关闭。

型号	量程(g)	精度(g)	重复性（g）	线性（g）	平均响应时间（S）	称盘尺寸（mm）
TW223L	220	0.001	0.001	0.002	1-2.5	110
TW323L	320	0.001	0.001	0.002	1-2.5	110
TW423L	420	0.001	0.001	0.002	1-2.5	110
TX223L	220	0.001	0.001	0.002	1-2.5	110
TX323L	320	0.001	0.001	0.002	1-2.5	110
TX423L	420	0.001	0.001	0.002	1-2.5	110
TX2202L	2200	0.01	0.01	0.02	1-2.5	167×181
TX3202L	3200	0.01	0.01	0.02	1-2.5	167×181
TX4202L	4200	0.01	0.01	0.02	1-2.5	167×181
TWC323L	320ct/64g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.002ct/0.0004g	1-2.5	80
TWC623L	620ct/124g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.002ct/0.0004g	1-2.5	80
TXC323L	320ct/64g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.002ct/0.0004g	1-2.5	80
TXC623L	620ct/124g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.002ct/0.0004g	1-2.5	80
TXB222L	220	0.01	0.01	0.01	1-2	110
TXB422L	420	0.01	0.01	0.02	1-2	110
TXB622L	620	0.01	0.01	0.02	1-2	110
TXB621L	620	0.1	0. 1	0.1	1-2	110
TXB2201L	2200	0.1	0. 1	0.1	1-2	160
TXB4201L	4200	0.1	0. 1	0.2	1-2	160
TXB6201L	6200	0.1	0. 1	0.2	1-2	160
TXB6299L	6200	1	1	1	1-2	160

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:tw}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主頁 > 儀器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="539,529" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

型号	量程(g)	精度(g)	重复性（g）	线性（g）	平均响应时间（S）	称盘尺寸（mm）
TW223L	220	0.001	0.001	0.002	1-2.5	110
TW323L	320	0.001	0.001	0.002	1-2.5	110
TW423L	420	0.001	0.001	0.002	1-2.5	110
TX223L	220	0.001	0.001	0.002	1-2.5	110
TX323L	320	0.001	0.001	0.002	1-2.5	110
TX423L	420	0.001	0.001	0.002	1-2.5	110
TX2202L	2200	0.01	0.01	0.02	1-2.5	167×181
TX3202L	3200	0.01	0.01	0.02	1-2.5	167×181
TX4202L	4200	0.01	0.01	0.02	1-2.5	167×181
TWC323L	320ct/64g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.002ct/0.0004g	1-2.5	80
TWC623L	620ct/124g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.002ct/0.0004g	1-2.5	80
TXC323L	320ct/64g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.002ct/0.0004g	1-2.5	80
TXC623L	620ct/124g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.001ct/0.0002g	0.002ct/0.0004g	1-2.5	80
TXB222L	220	0.01	0.01	0.01	1-2	110
TXB422L	420	0.01	0.01	0.02	1-2	110
TXB622L	620	0.01	0.01	0.02	1-2	110
TXB621L	620	0.1	0. 1	0.1	1-2	110
TXB2201L	2200	0.1	0. 1	0.1	1-2	160
TXB4201L	4200	0.1	0. 1	0.2	1-2	160
TXB6201L	6200	0.1	0. 1	0.2	1-2	160
TXB6299L	6200	1	1	1	1-2	160

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

MOC-120H Moisture Analyzer

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1388" img_size="full"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fmoisture%2Fqn504200000066a4-att%2Fqn50420000007kq8.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Accurate moisture measurement with new weight sensor: UniBloc

The moisture content of a variety of samples can be measured using an array of drying modes. The drying status can be seen at-a-glance with the fluctuation range display. Active in a variety of fields (cereals, starch, flour, noodles, brewed products, sea foods and marine products, meat products, spices, sweets, dairy products, dried foods, vegetable oils and other food articles; pharmaceuticals; ores; cokes; glass materials; cement; chemical fertilizers; pulp and paper; cotton; various fabrics and other industrial goods); enabling measurement of samples (cereals, foods, and chemical products) under various conditions (powder, particles, paste, and liquid).

Large Pan

A large sample pan (130mm diameter) enables a large amount of sample to be placed evenly in a thin layer. This results in accurate and fast measurements with minimal drying non-uniformities.

Long-life heater

A mid-wave infrared quartz heater provides effective drying without interference for a wide range of samples. In addition to the excellent drying performance, it offers a long operational life of 20,000 to 30,000 hours.

UniBloc sensor

The internal precision weighing balance is engineered with a Shimadzu UniBloc cell. The mechanism provides excellent stability and a long operational life against repeated temperature changes, enabling easy measurements down to 0.001g.

Moisture vaporization monitoring

The moisture vaporization rate is monitored and can be visually seen on a bar graph display. This is useful to know as the measurement nears completion. It updates every 30 seconds.

Three drying modes besides standard drying mode

Rapid drying mode

First dries with the highest temperature for the specified period, then shifts to the specified temperature, thus shortening measurement time.

Slow drying mode

Mildly heats samples that may solidify in the surface or samples that reduce under high temperature.

Step drying mode

Allows changing drying conditions step by step. This feature is useful when measuring samples that contain a large amount of water (up to 5 steps).

Predictive measuring mode

With preparatory measurements of the sample, the final result is predicted from the drying process. As a result, it saves a fair amount of time during repeated measurements.

Features:

Minimum display: 0.001g
Maximum sample capacity: 120g
Moisture content measurement range: 0.01% to 100%
Temperature range: 30°C to 180°C
Designed to set large amount of sample on the pan (1300mm diameter)
Equipped with mid-wave infrared quartz heater and able to operate up to 30,000 hours
Moisture vaporization rate is monitored and can be seen on the display
Sample drying process can be done in 4 ways (Rapid, Slow, Step drying and Standard drying)

Specifications:

Model	MOC-120H (#321-63300-10)
Measuring method	Heat drying and weight loss
Sample pan size	130mm dia
Minimum display in weighing	0.001g
Measurement range of moisture content	0.01% to 100.00%
Moisture content minimum display	0.01%
Sample capacity	120g
Measurement modes	Automatic or Timed ending modes, Standard, Rapid, Slow and Step drying modes, Predictive Measuring mode
Drying heater	Mid-wave infrared quartz heater
Setting temperature range	30 to 200°C by 1°C increments (Sample position temperature)
Dimensions	220W × 415D × 190H (mm)
Weight	4.5 kg
Operational temperature and humidity range	5 to 40°C, 85% RH or lower
Power requirements	AC 100 to 120 / 220 to 240 V, 640 W maximum
Standard accessories	Sample pan 2 pcs, Sample pan handler 2 pcs, Aluminum sheet 20 pcs, Spoon, Spatula
Stored procedures	10

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1388" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

采用新型质量传感器“Uni Bloc” 准确的水分率自动测定 · 采用宽称量盘（130mm）可薄而均匀地装载多量试样，快速进行精密的干燥偏差小的测定。 · 采用对广范围的试样都具有出色干燥率的中波红外线石英加热器可达到理想的干燥状态，而且使用寿命长（20.000~30.000小时）。 · 在测定心脏部的天平部分采用“Uni Bloc” 不易受到因温度变化而造成的影响，可轻松地测量至0.001g单位。 · 测定方式可通过自动停止、时间停止2个停止方式与标准、快速、慢速、分段等干燥方式的组合选择9种方式。而且每个试样通过测定方式与测量温度监测范围等测定条件相组合，总计有10种测定模式可预先登录，可立即设定适合试样的测定模式。 · 配备可在测定中随时监测质量变化量的模拟条形图的变动范围显示。可目视确认干燥状况，便于推测结束时间。 · 内装岛津独自的“直通视窗”功能可简单地将测定中的值调入Excel等。数值调入Excel等后，可使用数值计算、绘图等功能，自由自在地进行数据处理。连接只需1根RS232C电缆，无需接口的连接，软件的安装等。 · 装载独特的自动去皮功能边进行天平的自动调零边测定的独特方式。即使长时期测定，也可通过零点漂移校正进行极为准确的测定。 · 配备对测定值的偏差校正功能。可将测定结果与使用其他装置或方式测定数据统一。 · 采用带背灯的大型液晶显示器，便于在暗处操作。

型号(P/N)	MOC-120H
型号(P/N)	(321-63300)
测定方式	红外线加热干燥质量测定方式
称量盘尺寸	30mm
称量部最小显示值	0.001g
水分率测定范围	0.01%~100.00%
水分率最小显示位	0.01%
最大试样量	120g
测定方式	自动停止、时间停止、快速干燥、慢速干燥、分段干燥、预测(比较)测定
干燥热源	中波长红外线石英加热器
温度设定范围	30~180℃(步距1℃)
主机尺寸·重量	220W×415D×190H(mm)，4.5kg
工作温湿度范围	5~40℃，85%RH以下
所需电源	AC100~120/220~240V，最大640W
附件	试样盘×2个，盘托、防风具、试样盘夹、铝片×20张

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:tw}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主頁 > 儀器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="1388" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

型号(P/N)	MOC-120H
型号(P/N)	(321-63300)
测定方式	红外线加热干燥质量测定方式
称量盘尺寸	30mm
称量部最小显示值	0.001g
水分率测定范围	0.01%~100.00%
水分率最小显示位	0.01%
最大试样量	120g
测定方式	自动停止、时间停止、快速干燥、慢速干燥、分段干燥、预测(比较)测定
干燥热源	中波长红外线石英加热器
温度设定范围	30~180℃(步距1℃)
主机尺寸·重量	220W×415D×190H(mm)，4.5kg
工作温湿度范围	5~40℃，85%RH以下
所需电源	AC100~120/220~240V，最大640W
附件	试样盘×2个，盘托、防风具、试样盘夹、铝片×20张

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

MOC63u Moisture Analyzer

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4182,4181" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fmoisture%2Fqn5042000000hxro-att%2Fqn5042000001b2dg.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance

Trust the MOC63u for Both Speedy and Accurate Measurements

Moisture ratio measurements are indispensable for quality control and as checks of raw materials in a variety of industries including food products, chemistry, and pharmaceuticals. The MOC63u electronic moisture analyzer is capable of accurate, quick and easy moisture ratio measurements. Just place the sample in the sample pan and close the cover to start the measurement. This instrument can accommodate virtually any sample, and will contribute to enhanced user productivity.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]Customers in the Food Product Industry •Research and development of food products, drinks, and food additives •Inspections of food products manufacturing processes and products •Measurements of raw materials (such as rice, malt, tea leaves, and corn starch) [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Customers in the Pharmaceuticals and Cosmetics Industries

•Pharmaceuticals research and development (pills, granules, capsules, and ointments) •Cosmetics research and development (such as hair products, face lotions, and soap) •Inspections of pharmaceutical and cosmetic manufacturing processes and products [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Customers in Water Supply and Environmental Fields

•Moisture ratio measurements and inspections of sludge •Moisture ratio measurements and inspections of soil •Moisture ratio measurements and inspections of waste matter [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]Customers in the Chemical Industry

•Research and development of samples, and inspection of products (solids, powders, pellets, lms, and liquid samples) •Moisture ratio measurements for plastics, rubbers, paints, pesticides, and functional materials [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Customers in Metals and Raw Materials Industries

•Moisture ratio measurements of raw materials (such as iron ore) •Moisture ratio measurements of metals (such as metal powders) •Moisture ratio measurements of lumber, paper, ber, and lime [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Customers in the Automotive and Electrical Machinery Industries

•Moisture ratio measurements of plastic pellets and plastic parts •Moisture ratio measurements of toner •Moisture ratio measurements of foundry sand [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text] I am text block. Click edit button to change this text. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Ut elit tellus, luctus nec ullamcorper mattis, pulvinar dapibus leo. [/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]Main Features:

Simple Operation Select the automatic starting mode, place the sample, and close the heater cover to start the measurements. The preparation for measurement is so simple that you do not even have to press the start key.

The Sample Pan Size Is a Spacious 95 mm Dia. Generally, the wider, thinner, and more uniformly the sample is spread, the more precise the measurement. Uniform heating is provided by adopting a cleverly shaped reector (patent pending).

A Wealth of PC Connection Functions A USB connector is built in as standard for connecting to a PC. It can also be used in conjunction with the WindowsDirect function (patented). Note) For Windows Vista, Windows 7, and USB port connections, check the Shimadzu website, or contact your Shimadzu representative.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]• Equipped with the UniBloc aluminum block, to provide accurate moisture measurements. • Equipped with a high output halogen heater capable of rapid heating. • Wide observation window to allow checks of sample status during heating. • 60 g capacity/0.001 g minimum display • The temperature on the pan can be set between 50 ˚C and 200 ˚C. • Can store 10 sets of measurement conditions and 100 data items. • Cleaning and maintenance are easy. • Liquid and paste samples can also be measured using fiberglass sheets. • Energy saving design (32 % reduction in comparison to previous Shimadzu models) [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:

Model		MOC63u (#321-71500-12)
Capacity	Max	60g
	Min	0.02g
Minimum readability		0.001g
		0.01/0.1% (Selectable)
Repeatability		0.15% (2g) 0.05% (5g) 0.02% (10g)
Drying Heater		Straight type halogen heater
Power		400W
Temperature range setting		50-200°C (1°C increments) (There is a time restriction when exceeding 180°C.)
Display		LCD with backlight
Pan size		Ø95mm
Dimensions (WxDxH) mm		202 × 336 × 157
Weight		Approx 4.2kg
Operational temperature and humidity range		5 to 40°C, 85%RH or lower
Measurement modes		Standard (Easy start/Automatic end/Timed end)
		Rapid drying (Easy start/Automatic end/Timed end)
		Slow drying (Easy start/Automatic end/Timed end)
		Step drying (Easy start/Automatic end/Timed end)
Timer setting		1-240 minutes or continuous (max 12 hours)
Interface		RS-232C (9-pin connector) I/O port
		USB port
Measurement conditions data memory		10
Data memory		100
Temperature calibration kit		Option
Standard accessories		Sample pans (3 aluminum pans), pan supporter, windbreak, Heater insulation plate, aluminum pans (50 disposable pans), Sample pan handler, power cable, spare fuses (2), protective display cover, hexagonal wrench

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Printers (EP-110/EP-100)

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main > Equipment > Balance [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="1392,1393" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.shimadzu.com%2Fan%2Fbalance%2Fprinter%2Fn9j25k00000m0utp-att%2Fn9j25k00000m0v72.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Built-In Clock

Enables printing time and date information even with a balance that doesn't have a clock function.

Enhanced Support for ISO/GLP

EP-100 can output time/signature information. In addition to this information, EP-110 can output other information based on your demands together with measured values. See samples below for details.

OLED Dot Matrix Display (EP-110 only)

Offers easy-to-read, brightly illuminated OLED display.

Automatically Set

Automatically sets the appropriate communication with a balance. An operator doesn't have to worry about its setting.

EP-110 Provides further applications

Pipette calibration Calibrate capacity of pipette and flask
User-defined calculation Operator can set coefficients (handy for converting result to local unit)
Tare/Net/Gross weight printing Print out Tare/Net/Gross weight separately
SUM mode Print out the total values of samples
Averaging mode Print out the average of samples
Formulation mode Print out each sample's weight independently when blending samples
Comparator mode Print out result whether weight of sample is within target range
Interval printing mode Print out current weight at a regular interval

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

Model	EP-100	EP-110
Display	-	OLED 128 x 64 Dot Matrix Display
Protected Date Setting	-	Prevents unintended changes of time and date setting.
Printing	Method: 8-pin reciprocating impact dot matrix
	Speed: Approx. 1.7 lines/sec. Printer head life; 1 million linesCharacter size; Approx. W1.7 mm × H2.6 mm.
Interface	RS-232 DB9
Power Supply	AC adapter: Input 100 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz; Output 12 V DC /1500 mA
	Power consumption: 8 W (while printing)Standby power 0.5 W (when not printing)
Installation Environment	Temperature 5 to 45 °C, humidity 10 to 80 % No condensation
Compatible balance models	AU, AT, UW/A95:C102UX, TW/TX, TXB, BW-K/BX-K, ELB, AW/AX/AY series, MOC63u

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="1392,1393" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

♦ 内置时钟功能
♦ 符合ISO/GMP/GLP法规要求
♦ 液晶显示屏(EP-110)
♦ 自动设定功能

可用于以下型号: 电子天平AP，AU，AT，UW/UX，TW/TX，TXB系列；电子水分仪MOC63u。

型号	EP-100	EP-110
显示屏	-	液晶显示屏（128mmx64mm）
数据保护功能	-	防止意外更改时间或其他参数
打印	方法：针式打印；速度：约1.7行/秒；打印头寿命：100万行；字体大小：约1.7mm（W）x2.6mm（H）
接口	RS232 D89
电源	交流电：AC 100-20/220-240，50/60Hz，DC12，1.5A 功率：8W（打印时）；待机功率：1.5W（不打印时）
安装环境	温度5~45℃ 湿度10~80%

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:tw}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主頁 > 儀器 > 天平 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="1392,1393" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

♦ 内置时钟功能
♦ 符合ISO/GMP/GLP法规要求
♦ 液晶显示屏(EP-110)
♦ 自动设定功能

可用于以下型号: 电子天平AP，AU，AT，UW/UX，TW/TX，TXB系列；电子水分仪MOC63u。

型号	EP-100	EP-110
显示屏	-	液晶显示屏（128mmx64mm）
数据保护功能	-	防止意外更改时间或其他参数
打印	方法：针式打印；速度：约1.7行/秒；打印头寿命：100万行；字体大小：约1.7mm（W）x2.6mm（H）
接口	RS232 D89
电源	交流电：AC 100-20/220-240，50/60Hz，DC12，1.5A 功率：8W（打印时）；待机功率：1.5W（不打印时）
安装环境	温度5~45℃ 湿度10~80%

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

AP Series – Advanced Performance UniBloc Balance / Semi – Micro Analytical Balance

ATX/ATY Series – Analytical Balance

TX Series – Top-loading Balance

UW/UX Series – Top- loading Balance

BL Series – Top- loading Balance

BW-K/BX-K Series- High precision platform Balance

MOC-120H Moisture Analyzer

MOC63u Moisture Analyzer

Printers (EP-110/EP-100)

Bucket set for Animal Balance

STABLO-AP Static Electricity Remover

Circulator

MAGIO Laboratory Circulators

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

MAGIO laboratory circulators

With the new MAGIO series, JULABO is expanding its product portfolio of high-end bridge mounted circulators, refrigerated and heating circulators – naturally all in the usual premium quality. The circulators operate in a working temperature range from -50 °C to +300 °C and with a heating capacity of up to 3 kW. Excellent heating/cooling performance guarantees very short heat-up and cool-down times.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Powerful pump

With an extremely powerful pressure/suction pump with performance values up to 31 l/min or 0.92 bar (pressure) and -0.4 bar (suction), the MAGIO series offers the strongest pump in its class and is therefore perfectly suited for challenging external temperature tasks. To ensure maximum resistance against chemical substances, all wetted parts are made from stainless steel.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Modern touch display

The high resolution, modern TFT touch display has a multi-lingual user interface and shows all important information at a glance. Three large, predefined main screens clearly display data and graphics with various application priorities. All display functions are easy to operate with a fingertip.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

External temperature control

MAGIO refrigerated circulators are perfect for external temperature tasks thanks to their powerful pumps and wide temperature range. Extensive accessories and excellent dynamics mean that the MAGIO circulators can be modularly and individually adapted to the most challenging applications.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

Simple data exchange

Modern interfaces make easy remote control and practical data management possible as well as allowing integration into process structures. All MAGIO units come with integrated Pt100 connection, USB interface, RS232 and Ethernet. Analog interfaces are optionally available as accessories.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

MAGIO MS Refrigerated / Heating circulator

with extremely powerful pressure/suction pump and intuitive touch display

As with all circulators from the MAGIO range, the refrigerated circulators stand out thanks to their premium quality, high performance and intuitive operation. The devices offer extra strong pressure and suction pumps, thus fulfilling the highest demands for temperature control of external applications. Whether in basic research, material testing or technical systems – the MAGIO refrigerated circulators offer high-tech solutions for high customer requirements.

Model	MAGIO MS-600F	MAGIO MS-601F	MAGIO MS-900F	MAGIO MS-1000F
Order No.	9 032 704	9 032 705	9 032 706	9 032 707
Working temperature range (°C)	-35 ... +200.0	-35 ... +200.0	-38 ... +200.0	-50 ... +200.0
Temperature stability (°C)	+/-0.01	+/-0.01	+/-0.01	+/-0.01
Cooling capacity (kW)	0.6	0.6	0.9	1
Heating capacity (kW)	2	2	2	2
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min)	16 ... 31	16 ... 31	16 ... 31	16 ... 31
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar)	0.24 ... 0.92	0.24 ... 0.92	0.24 ... 0.92	0.24 ... 0.92

Model	MAGIO MS-310F
Order No.	9 032 713
Working temperature range (°C)	-30.0 ... +200.0
Temperature stability (°C)	+/-0.01
Cooling capacity (kW)	0.33
Heating capacity (kW)	2
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min)	16 ... 31
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar)	0.24 ... 0.92

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

MAGIO MS and MX Bridge Mounted Circulators

with extremely powerful pump and intuitive touch display

MAGIO bridge mounted circulators combine high temperature control performance with maximum flexibility. The adjustable bridge means that the circulators can be used with bath tanks up to a filling volume of 100 liters.

Model	MAGIO MS-Z	MAGIO MX-Z
Order No.	9 032 201	9 033 201
Working temperature range (°C)	+20.0 ... +300.0	+20.0 ... +300.0
Temperature stability (°C)	+/-0.01	+/-0.01
Heating capacity (kW)	2	3
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min)	16 ... 31	16 ... 31
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar)	0.24 ... 0.92	0.24 ... 0.92

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

MAGIO MS / MX Heating Circulators

with extremely powerful pumps, intuitive touchscreen displays

Like all circulators in the MAGIO range, the heating circulators are characterised by premium quality and high performance combined with intuitive usability. The devices offer extra powerful pressure and suction pumps to meet the most challenging demands for temperature control of external applications. Samples can also be temperature controlled in the internal bath of the high-quality, insulated and closed bath tank.

Model	MAGIO MS-BC4	MAGIO MX-BC6	MAGIO MX-BC12	MAGIO MX-BC26
Order No.	9 032 504	9 033 506	9 033 512	9 033 526
Working temperature range (°C)	+20.0 ... +300.0	+20.0 ... +300.0	+20.0 ... +300.0	+20.0 ... +300.0
Temperature stability (°C)	+/-0.01	+/-0.01	+/-0.01	+/-0.01
Heating capacity (kW)	2	3	3	3
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min)	16 ... 31	16 ... 31	16 ... 31	16 ... 31
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar)	0.24 ... 0.92	0.24 ... 0.92	0.24 ... 0.92	0.24 ... 0.92

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heating Immersion Circulators

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

with attachment clamp for any bath tank up to 50 liters filling volume

JULABO immersion circulators for controlling temperature in any bath tank up to 50 liters. These units are equipped with a bath attachment clamp for wall thicknesses up to 26 mm. Alternatively, the circulator may be fastened to a laboratory stand. The clamp makes it easy to install the circulator onto an existing bath tank. Parts that are immersed in bath liquid are constructed of high quality stainless steel or synthetic material. Common applications include controlling the temperature of samples, temperature testing of food or luxury articles, materials testing, and evaluation, adjustment, and calibration or thermometers and thermal switches.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Corio C" tab_id="HIC_CorioC"][vc_column_text]

The new generation of laboratory circulators

The CORIO C Immersion Circulator is the basic model of the CORIO circulator portfolio. The bath attachment clamp is included in delivery and facilitates mounting of the circulator on any bath tank up to 30 liters.

Your advantages

Precise temperature control
For internal standard applications
For bath tanks with a max. filling volume of 30 liters
Bright, white, easy to read display
Very quiet
Easy operation
Class I (NFL) according to DIN 12876-1

Order No.	9011000
Model	CORIO C
Category	Heating Immersion Circulators
Working temperature range (°C)	+20 ... +100
Temperature stability (°C)	±0.03
Setting / display resolution	0.01 – 0.1 °C
Temperature Display	LED
Heating capacity (kW)	2
Circulation capacity flow rate (l/min)	6
Circulation capacity pressure (bar)	0.1
Ambient temperature	5...40 °C
Dimensions W x L x H (cm)	13.2 x 16 x 36.2
Weight (kg)	1.9
Cooling coil	optional
Usable immersion depth (cm)	16.6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Corio CD" tab_id="HIC_CorioCD"][vc_column_text]

The new generation of laboratory circulators

In addition to the advantages of the CORIO C Circulator, the CORIO CD Immersion Circulator can be equipped with an optional pump set for temperature control of external applications.

Your advantages

Precise temperature control
For internal and external applications (accessories required)
For bath tanks with a max. filling volume of 50 liters
Bright, white, easy to read display
Very quiet
Easy operation
Easy pump change-over between internal and external circulation
USB connection
Class III (FL) according to DIN 12876-1

Order No.	9012000
Model	CORIO CD
Category	Heating Immersion Circulators
Working temperature range (°C)	+20 ... +150
Temperature stability (°C)	±0.03
Setting / display resolution	0.01 – 0.1 °C
Temperature Display	LED
Heating capacity (kW)	2
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min)	15
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar)	0.35
Ambient temperature	5...40 °C
Dimensions W x L x H (cm)	13.2 x 16 x 36.2
Weight (kg)	2.6
Cooling coil	optional
Usable immersion depth (cm)	16.6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Corio CP" tab_id="HIC_CorioCP"][vc_column_text]

Laboratory Circulators with an expanded working temperature range up to +200 °C

In addition to the advantages of the CORIO C Circulator, the CORIO CD and CP Immersion Circulator can be equipped with an optional pump set for temperature control of external applications.

Your advantages

Precise temperature control
For internal and external applications (accessories required)
For bath tanks with a max. filling volume of 50 liters
Immersion depth: 7.5 ... 16.5 cm
Bright, white, easy-to-read display
Very quiet
Easy handling
Easy change-over from internal to external circulation and vice versa
pump capacity, infinitely adjustable
USB interface
R232 interface
Early warning system for low liquid level
Class III (FL) according to DIN 12876-1

Order No.	9013000
Model	CORIO CP
Category	Heating Immersion Circulators
Working temperature range (°C)	+20 ... +200
Temperature stability (°C)	±0.02
Setting / display resolution	0.01 – 0.1 °C
Temperature Display	LED
Heating capacity (kW)	2
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min)	8 ... 27
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar)	0.1 ... 0.7
Viscosity max. (cSt)	50
Ambient temperature	5...40 °C
Dimensions W x L x H (cm)	13.2 x 16 x 36.2
Weight (kg)	2.5
Cooling coil	optional
Usable immersion depth (cm)	16

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="DYNEO" tab_id="HIC_DYNEO"][vc_column_text]

New temperature control technology for demanding applications

DYNEO DD heating circulators for internal and external applications are equipped with closed bath tanks. The tanks are well insulated and include a coil for counter-cooling. An integrated drain tap makes emptying the tank safe and clean. The multilingual 3.5-inch color display and unique rotary knob provide for straightforward and intuitive operation.

Your advantages

Flexible installation options
For internal and external applications
Powerful and infinitely adjustable pressure pump
Flow rate 23 l/min, pressure 0.6 bar
Easy switching between internal and external circulation
Large color TFT display, multilingual interface
Central rotary knob (controller) simplifies operation
Integrated programmer for 8 x 60 program steps
Integrated external Pt100 connection
USB port
RS232 interface or analog interfaces (optional)

Order No.	9021000
Order No. with RS232 Option	9021000.D
Order No. with analog Option	9021000.A
Model	DYNEO DD
Category	Heating Immersion Circulators
Working temperature range (°C)	+20 ... +200
Temperature stability (°C)	±0.01
Setting / display resolution	0.01 °C
Temperature Display	3.5" TFT Display
Heating capacity (kW)	2
Pump capacity flow rate (l/min)	8 ... 23
Pump capacity flow pressure (bar)	0.1 ... 0.6
Viscosity max. (cSt)	50
Ambient temperature	5...40 °C
Dimensions W x L x H (cm)	13.2 x 16 x 35.5
Weight (kg)	2.5
Cooling coil	optional
Usable immersion depth (cm)	16

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heating Circulators

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

for external and internal temperature applications up to +300 °C with stainless steel bath tanks and pump connections

JULABO circulators with stainless steel bath tanks are suitable for both internal and external temperature control. They have greater power for larger and open systems, making them ideal for external temperature control. Smaller objects may be inserted directly into the circulator's bath at the same time. Models are available with a variety of bath sizes and other functional characteristics. Accessories like Pt100 sensors, heat transfer liquid, tubing, and adapters are available to facilitate connection to external systems. An integrated cooling coil enables temperature control below or near the ambient temperature.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="CORIO" tab_id="HC_CORIO"][vc_column_text]

Laboratory Circulators with an expanded working temperature range up to +200 °C

In addition to the advantages of the CORIO C Circulator, the CORIO CD and CP Immersion Circulator can be equipped with an optional pump set for temperature control of external applications.

Your advantages

Precise temperature control
For internal and external applications (accessories required)
For bath tanks with a max. filling volume of 50 liters
Immersion depth: 7.5 ... 16.5 cm
Bright, white, easy-to-read display
Very quiet
Easy handling
Easy change-over from internal to external circulation and vice versa
pump capacity, infinitely adjustable
USB interface
R232 interface
Early warning system for low liquid level
Class III (FL) according to DIN 12876-1

Order No.	Model	Working temperature range	Temperature stability	Heating capacity (kW)	Pump capacity flow rate	Pump pressure (bar)
Order No.	Model	(°C)	(°C)	Heating capacity (kW)	(l/min)	Pump pressure (bar)
9012504	CORIO CD-BC4	+20 ... +150	±0.03	2	15	0.35
9012506	CORIO CD-BC6	+20 ... +150	±0.03	2	15	0.35
9012512	CORIO CD-BC12	+20 ... +150	±0.03	2	15	0.35
9012526	CORIO CD-BC26	+20 ... +150	±0.03	2	15	0.35
9013504	CORIO CP-BC4	+20 ... +200	±0.02	2	8 ... 27	0.1 ... 0.7
9013506	CORIO CP-BC6	+20 ... +200	±0.02	2	8 ... 27	0.1 ... 0.7
9013512	CORIO CP-BC12	+20 ... +200	±0.02	2	8 ... 27	0.1 ... 0.7
9013526	CORIO CP-BC26	+20 ... +200	±0.02	2	8 ... 27	0.1 ... 0.7

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="DYNEO" tab_id="HC_DYNEO"][vc_column_text]

New temperature control technology for demanding applications

Your advantages

Suitable for internal and external applications
Powerful and infinitely adjustable pressure pump
Flow rate 22 l/min, pressure 0.6 bar
Easy switching between internal and external circulation
Large color TFT display, multilingual interface
Central rotary knob (controller) simplifies operation
Integrated programmer for 8 x 60 program steps
Integrated external Pt100 connection
USB port
RS232 interface or analog interfaces
Bath cover included with delivery
Integrated drain makes emptying liquid easy and safe.
High-quality thermal insulation of the bath tank

Order No.	Model	Working temperature range	Temperature stability	Heating capacity (kW)	Pump capacity flow rate	Pump pressure (bar)
Order No.	Model	(°C)	(°C)	Heating capacity (kW)	(l/min)	Pump pressure (bar)
9021504	DYNEO DD-BC4	+20 ... +200	±0.01	2	8 ... 23	0.1 ... 0.6
9021506	DYNEO DD-BC6	+20 ... +200	±0.01	2	8 ... 23	0.1 ... 0.6
9021512	DYNEO DD-BC12	+20 ... +200	±0.01	2	8 ... 23	0.1 ... 0.6
9021526	DYNEO DD-BC26	+20 ... +200	±0.01	2	8 ... 23	0.1 ... 0.6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="HighTech" tab_id="HC_HighTech"][vc_column_text]

Heating Circulator with stainless-steel bath tank for internal and external temperature applications

JULABO Heating Circulators with stainless steel bath tanks are mainly used for internal and external temperature tasks. The new range of these models now have increased capacities, allowing for temperature application of larger external systems, as well as open systems. Simultaneous temperature applications of smaller objects can also be carried out directly in the internal bath of the circulator. Models from the TopTech and HighTech Series’ are available with different bath sizes and features. Accessories for these units include test tube racks, bath covers etc. An integrated cooling coil is provided for temperature applications at near ambient or just below.

Your advantages

VFD COMFORT DISPLAY
Keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions
ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimizing temperature control
ATC3 3-Point-Calibration
Pt100 External sensor connection for measurement and control
SMART PUMP, electronically adjustable pump stages
Early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8)
Adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display
RS232 interface for online communication
Integrated programmer for 10 program steps

Order No.	Model	Working temperature range	Temperature stability	Heating capacity (kW)	Pump capacity flow rate	Pump pressure (bar)
Order No.	Model	(°C)	(°C)	Heating capacity (kW)	(l/min)	Pump pressure (bar)
9212504	HE-4	+20 ... +250	±0.01	2	22-26	0.4-0.7
9312504	HL-4	+20 ... +250	±0.01	2	22-26	0.4-0.7
9252506	SE-6	+20 ... +300	±0.01	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9252512	SE-12	+20 ... +300	±0.01	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9252526	SE-26	+20 ... +300	±0.01	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352506	SL-6	+20 ... +300	±0.01	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352512	SL-12	+20 ... +300	±0.01	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352526	SL-26	+20 ... +300	±0.01	3	22-26	0.4-0.7

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heating Circulators with Open Bath

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

For internal and external temperature applications with transparent or stainless steel bath tanks and pump connections

JULABO open heating bath circulators with bath tanks made of stainless steel, Plexiglas, or Makrolon are designed for internal and external temperature applications. They are primarily used for internal temperature control directly within the bath tank. External closed systems may be connected via the integrated pump connections. Models are available with a variety of bath sizes and other functional characteristics. A variety of bath inserts for laboratory glassware, bath covers, and adjustable floors are available as accessories. Common applications include temperature control of measurement cells, photometers, and samples; heating of glass flasks; and temperature testing of food, luxury articles, and materials.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="CORIO" tab_id="HCOB_Corio"][vc_column_text]

The new generation of laboratory circulators for routine work and standard tasks

The Open Heating Bath Circulators of the new CORIO series feature high-quality bath tanks made of stainless steel and pump connections.

Your advantages

Models for internal and external applications
Bright, white, easy to read display
Very quiet
Easy pump change-over between internal and external circulation
USB connection
High-quality bath tanks made of stainless steel
Integrated drain screw (except B5)

Order No.	Model	Working temperature range	Temperature stability	Heating capacity (kW)	Pump capacity flow rate	Pump pressure (bar)
Order No.	Model	(°C)	(°C)	Heating capacity (kW)	(l/min)	Pump pressure (bar)
9012405	CORIO CD-B5	+20 ... +150	±0.03	2	15	0.35
9012413	CORIO CD-B13	+20 ... +150	±0.03	2	15	0.35
9012417	CORIO CD-B17	+20 ... +150	±0.03	2	15	0.35
9012419	CORIO CD-B19	+20 ... +150	±0.03	2	15	0.35
9012427	CORIO CD-B27	+20 ... +150	±0.03	2	15	0.35
9012433	CORIO CD-B33	+20 ... +150	±0.03	2	15	0.35
9012439	CORIO CD-B39	+20 ... +150	±0.03	2	15	0.35
9012305	CORIO CD-BT5	+20 ... +100	±0.03	2	15	0.35
9012319	CORIO CD-BT19	+20 ... +100	±0.03	2	15	0.35
9012327	CORIO CD-BT27	+20 ... +100	±0.03	2	15	0.35

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Refrigerated – Heating Circulators

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

for working temperatures from -50 °C to +200 °C

JULABO Refrigerated and Heating Circulators are suitable for temperature application to external systems with simultaneous operation in the bath tank. Models in different performance classes are available. The units provide high heating/cooling capacities to ensure rapid heat-up and cool-down times. With ‚Active Cooling Control' to +200 °C. ‚FP‘ models offer proportional cooling control to ensure energy-saving performance and to reduce heat generation to the environment. Convenient cleaning of dust by removable venting grid. Some models have a handle or castors to allow easy transport. All models provide a drain port on the front for conveniently draining the bath fluid. Typical applications: Temperature applications to external, closed systems, such as for example photometers, refractometers, viscometers, etc. For simultaneous application to small objects in the circulator bath.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="CORIO" tab_id="RHC_CORIO"][vc_column_text]

The new generation of laboratory circulators for routine work and standard tasks

Refrigerated / Heating Circulators of the new CORIO series distinguish themselves with a great price-to-performance ratio. They are ideal for all standard tasks and routine work in laboratories and industry.

Your advantages

Models for internal and external applications
Bright, white, easy to read display
Very quiet
Easy pump change-over (internal and external circulation)
External pump connections (M16x1)
USB connection
Space-saving cooling coil design yields more usable space in the bath tank
Bath lid and drain tap included
Removable ventilation grid
Refrigeration unit without side vents
Class III (FL) according to DIN 12876-1

Order No.	Model	Working temperature range	Temperature stability	Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW)	Heating capacity (kW)	Pump capacity flow rate	Pump pressure
Order No.	Model	(°C)	(°C)	Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW)	Heating capacity (kW)	(l/min)	(bar)
9012701	CORIO CD-200F	-20 ... +150	±0.03	0.22	2	15	0.35
9012702	CORIO CD-201F	-20 ... +150	±0.03	0.22	2	15	0.35
9012703	CORIO CD-300F	-25 ... +150	±0.03	0.31	2	15	0.35
9012704	CORIO CD-600F	-35 ... +150	±0.03	0.6	2	15	0.35
9012705	CORIO CD-601F	-40 ... +150	±0.03	0.6	2	15	0.35
9012706	CORIO CD-900F	-40 ... +150	±0.03	0.9	2	15	0.35
9012707	CORIO CD-1000F	-40 ... +150	±0.03	1	2	15	0.35
9012708	CORIO CD-1001F	-38 ... +100	±0.03	1	2	15	0.35
9013701	CORIO CP-200F	-20 ... +200	±0.03	0.2	2	8 ... 27	0.1 ... 0.7
9013702	CORIO CP-201F	-20 ... +200	±0.03	0.2	2	8 ... 27	0.1 ... 0.7
9013703	CORIO CP-300F	-30 ... +200	±0.03	0.3	2	8 ... 27	0.1 ... 0.7
9013704	CORIO CP-600F	-35 ... +200	±0.03	0.6	2	8 ... 27	0.1 ... 0.7
9013705	CORIO CP-601F	-35 ... +200	±0.03	0.6	2	8 ... 27	0.1 ... 0.7
9013706	CORIO CP-900F	-38 ... +200	±0.03	0.9	2	8 ... 27	0.1 ... 0.7
9013707	CORIO CP-1000F	-50 ... +200	±0.03	1	2	8 ... 27	0.1 ... 0.7
9012708	CORIO CP-1001F	-38 ... +100	±0.03	1	2	8 ... 27	0.1 ... 0.7

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="DYNEO" tab_id="RHC_DYNEO"][vc_column_text]

New temperature control technology for demanding applications

DYNEO DD refrigerated circulators have a wide working temperature range. Refrigerated circulators are suitable for both internal and external applications. The multilingual 3.5-inch color display and unique rotary knob provide for straightforward and intuitive operation. Pump capacity is 22 l/min with pressure of 0.6 bar. The cooling machines operate precisely and reliably even at elevated ambient temperatures up to +40 °C.

Your advantages

Powerful cooling machines
Suitable for internal and external applications
Optimized cooling coil design saves space in the bath tank
Powerful and infinitely adjustable pressure pump
Flow rate 22 l/min, pressure 0.6 bar
Easy switching between internal and external circulation
Large color TFT display, multilingual interface
Central rotary knob (controller) simplifies operation
Integrated programmer for 8 x 60 program steps
Integrated external Pt100 connection
USB port
RS232 interface or analog interfaces (optional)
Bath cover included with delivery
Integrated drain makes emptying liquid easy and safe.

Order No.	Model	Working temperature range	Temperature stability	Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW)	Heating capacity (kW)	Pump capacity flow rate	Pump pressure
Order No.	Model	(°C)	(°C)	Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW)	Heating capacity (kW)	(l/min)	(bar)
9021701	DYNEO DD-200F	-20 ... +200	±0.01	0.2	2	8 ... 23	0.1 ... 0.6
9021702	DYNEO DD-201F	-20 ... +200	±0.01	0.2	2	8 ... 23	0.1 ... 0.6
9021703	DYNEO DD-300F	-25 ... +200	±0.01	0.3	2	8 ... 23	0.1 ... 0.6
9021704	DYNEO DD-600F	-35 ... +200	±0.01	0.6	2	8 ... 23	0.1 ... 0.6
9021705	DYNEO DD-601F	-35 ... +200	±0.01	0.6	2	8 ... 23	0.1 ... 0.6
9021706	DYNEO DD-900F	-38 ... +200	±0.01	0.9	2	8 ... 23	0.1 ... 0.6
9021707	DYNEO DD-1000F	-50 ... +200	±0.01	1	2	8 ... 23	0.1 ... 0.6
9021708	DYNEO DD-1001F	-38 ... +100	±0.01	1	2	8 ... 23	0.1 ... 0.6

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="HighTech" tab_id="RHC_HighTech"][vc_column_text]

The powerful upper class unit for demanding applications.

JULABO Refrigerated & Heating Circulators for heating and cooling are suitable for external temperature tasks and for temperature applications directly in the bath. A model from three different series’ with different capacities can be selected. Powerful circulating pump systems and high heating and cooling capacities guarantee short heat-up and cool-down times. The inevitable dust accumulation that occurs in refrigeration systems is solved by means of an easily removed venting grid, which allows for easy cleaning. Depending on the model, the units are equipped with handles or castors for an easy transportation. All models have a drain tap on the front allowing the fluid to be drained easily. The compact assembly of each unit enables space to be saved in the laboratory.

Your advantages

VFD COMFORT DISPLAY
Keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions
ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimizing temperature control
ATC3 3-Point-Calibration
Pt100 External sensor connection for measurement and control
SMART PUMP, electronically adjustable pump stages
Adjustable pressure and suction pump
Early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8)
Adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display
RS232 interface for online communication
Optional: analogue interfaces
Integrated programmer for 10 program steps
Active Cooling Control

Order No.	Model	Working temperature range	Temperature stability	Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW)	Heating capacity (kW)	Pump capacity flow rate	Pump pressure
Order No.	Model	(°C)	(°C)	Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW)	Heating capacity (kW)	(l/min)	(bar)
9212625	F25-HE	-28 ... +200	±0.01	0.26	2	22-26	0.4-0.7
9312625	F25-HL	-28 ... +200	±0.01	0.26	2	22-26	0.4-0.7
9212632	F32-HE	-35 ... +200	±0.01	0.45	2	22-26	0.4-0.7
9312632	F32-HL	-35 ... +200	±0.01	0.45	2	22-26	0.4-0.7
9312633	F33-HL	-30 ... +200	±0.01	0.5	2	22-26	0.4-0.7
9212634	F34-HE	-30 ... +150	±0.01	0.45	2	22-26	0.4-0.7
9312618	FP35-HL	-35 ... +150	±0.01	0.45	2	22-26	0.4-0.7
9212640	FP40-HE	-40 ... +200	±0.01	0.68	2	22-26	0.4-0.7
9312640	FP40-HL	-40 ... +200	±0.01	0.68	2	22-26	0.4-0.7
9212650	FP50-HE	-50 ... +200	±0.01	0.9	2	22-26	0.4-0.7
9312650	FP50-HL	-50 ... +200	±0.01	0.9	2	22-26	0.4-0.7
9212651	FPW50-HE	-50 ... +200	±0.01	0.9	2	22-26	0.4-0.7
9312651	FPW50-HL	-50 ... +200	±0.01	0.9	2	22-26	0.4-0.7

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Cryo-Compact Circulators

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

for working temperatures from -40 °C to +200 °C

The new CF series offers compact refrigerated/heating circulators. With small overall dimensions the units can even be placed on a very small surface or within a complex installation. All models offer a heating capacity of 2 kW and safety class 3 according to DIN12876-1. The maximum ambient temperature of +40°C as well as a ventilation air cooling allow installing the units very closely side by side with other units or directly under a fume hood. Furthermore all the models feature pump connections for external temperature applications and a bath opening for temperature control of small objects directly in the circulator bath. Wetted parts are made of high quality stainless steel or plastic. The instruments provide a reliable Microprocessor electronics with high temperature stability as well as warning and safety functions.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Economy" tab_id="CCC_Economy"][vc_column_text]

The first choice for routine and straightforward laboratory applications from -40°C to 150°C

Cryo-Compact Circulator for internal and external temperature applications The CF series offers compact refrigerated/heating circulators. With small overall dimensions the units can even be placed on a very small surface or within a complex installation. All models offer a heating capacity of 2 kW and classification 3 according to DIN12876-1. The maximum ambient temperature of +40°C as well as a ventilation air cooling allow installing the units very closely side by side with other units or directly under a fume hood. Furthermore all the models feature pump connections for external temperature applications and a bath opening for temperature control of small objects directly in the circulator bath. Wetted parts are made of high quality stainless steel or plastic. The instruments provide a reliable Microprocessor electronics with high temperature stability as well as warning and safety functions.

Your advantages

Ergonomic design and easy operation
Small overall dimensions for lowest space requirement
Splash-proof keypad
Large, bright LED temperature display
Precise PID temperature control
RS232 interface for PC connection
Adjustable high temperature cut-off
Classification 3 according to DIN12876-1
Pump connections for external temperature applications
Bath opening for temperature control of small objects in the bath
Front drain

Order No.	Model	Working temperature range	Temperature stability	Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW)	Heating capacity (kW)	Pump capacity flow rate	Pump pressure
Order No.	Model	(°C)	(°C)	Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW)	Heating capacity (kW)	(l/min)	(bar)
9400330	CF30	-30 ... +150	±0.03	0.32	2	15	0.35
9400340	CF40	-40 ... +150	±0.03	0.47	2	15	0.35

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="HighTech" tab_id="CCC_HighTech"][vc_column_text]

The top class for demanding applications of all types.

Cryo-Compact Circulator for internal and external temperature applications The new CF series offers compact refrigerated/heating circulators. With small overall dimensions the units can even be placed on a very small surface or within a complex installation. All models offer a heating capacity of 2 kW and classification 3 according to DIN12876-1. The maximum ambient temperature of +40°C as well as a ventilation air cooling allow installing the units very closely side by side with other units or directly under a fume hood. Furthermore all the models feature pump connections for external temperature applications and a bath opening for temperature control of small objects directly in the circulator bath. Wetted parts are made of high quality stainless steel or plastic. The instruments provide a reliable Microprocessor electronics with high temperature stability as well as warning and safety functions.

Your advantages

Ergonomic design and easy operation
Small overall dimensions for lowest space requirement
Splash-proof keypad
Bright VFD display and interactive LCD dialog display
Highly precise ICC cascade temperature control
RS232/RS485 interface for PC connection
Electronically adjustable pump stages
External Pt100 sensor connection
Integrated programmer with 6x60 program steps
Early warning system for low liquid level
3-point calibration
TCF Temperature Control Features
Adjustable high temperature cut-off
Classification 3 according to DIN12876-1
Pump connections for external temperature applications
Bath opening for temperature control of small objects in the bath
Front drain

Order No.	Model	Working temperature range	Temperature stability	Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW)	Heating capacity (kW)	Pump capacity flow rate	Pump pressure
Order No.	Model	(°C)	(°C)	Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW)	Heating capacity (kW)	(l/min)	(bar)
9400331	CF31	-30 ... +200	±0.02	0.32	2	22-26	0.4-0.7
9400341	CF41	-40 ... +200	±0.02	0.47	2	22-26	0.4-0.7

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Ultra-Low Refrigerated-Heating Circulators

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

For working temperatures from -91 °C to +200 °C

JULABO Ultra-Low Refrigerated Circulators for heating and cooling. The units are suitable for external temperature applications with simultaneous operation in the bath tank. The units provide particularly high heating and cooling capacities for rapid heat-up and cool-down times even for large volume, external systems. ‚FP‘ models offer proportional cooling control to ensure energy-saving performance and to reduce heat generation to the environment. Models with the designation ‚W‘ are water-cooled. With handle or castors to allow easy transport. With drain port for conveniently draining the bath fluid. The units offer an improved insulation to prevent ice-formation and have a filling level display. Typical applications: Temperature applications to jacketed reaction vessels, autoclaves, miniplant installations, kilo labs, freezing point determination, calibration at low temperatures, petroleum testing, etc.[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="TopTech" tab_id="ULRHC_TopTech"][vc_column_text]

Upper middle class with ext. Pt100 sensor connection

Ultra-low Refrigerated Circulator with 2-stage cascade-cooling JULABO Ultra-Low Refrigerated Circulators for heating and cooling are suitable for external temperature tasks. Powerful circulating pump systems and high heating and cooling capacities guarantee short heat-up and cool-down times. ACC ‘Active Cooling Control‘ provides active cooling control across the whole temperature range. An energy saving feature with only minor loss of heat is provided by the proportional cooling capacity control in the ‘FP’ refrigeration units. The inevitable dust accumulation that occurs in refrigeration systems is solved by means of an easily removed venting grill, which allows for easy cleaning. The units are equipped with handles or castors for an easy transportation. All models have a drain tap on the front allowing the fluid to be drained easily. Additionally the instruments are equipped with an improved insulation to help avoid ice-formation, and have a visual liquid level display.

Your advantages

VFD COMFORT DISPLAY
Keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions
PID3 cascade temperature control
ATC3 3-Point-Calibration
Pt100 External sensor connection for measurement and control
SMART PUMP, electronically adjustable pump stages
Early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8)
Adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display
RS232 interface for online communication
Integrated programmer for 10 program steps
Active Cooling Control

Order No.	Model	Working temperature range	Temperature stability	Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW)	Heating capacity (kW)	Pump capacity flow rate	Pump pressure
Order No.	Model	(°C)	(°C)	Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW)	Heating capacity (kW)	(l/min)	(bar)
9162670	F70-ME	-70 ... +100	±0.02	0.34	1.3	11-16	0.23-0.45
9162681	F81-ME	-81 ... +100	±0.02	0.45	1.3	11-16	0.23-0.45
9162689	FP89-ME	-90 ... +100	±0.02	1	1.3	11-16	0.23-0.45

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="HighTech" tab_id="ULRHC_HighTech"][vc_column_text]

Superior models for most demanding applications

JULABO Ultra-Low Refrigerated Circulators for heating and cooling are suitable for external temperature tasks. Powerful circulating pump systems and high heating and cooling capacities guarantee short heat-up and cool-down times. ACC ‘Active Cooling Control‘ provides active cooling control across the whole temperature range. An energy saving feature with only minor loss of heat is provided by the proportional cooling capacity control in the ‘FP’ refrigeration units. The inevitable dust accumulation that occurs in refrigeration systems is solved by means of an easily removed venting grill, which allows for easy cleaning. The units are equipped with handles or castors for an easy transportation. All models have a drain tap on the front allowing the fluid to be drained easily. Additionally the instruments are equipped with an improved insulation to help avoid ice-formation, and have a visual liquid level display.

Your advantages

VFD COMFORT DISPLAY
LCD DIALOG DISPLAY backlit for convenient interactive operation
Keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions
ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimizing temperature control
TCF Temperature Control Features to optimize the control behaviour
ATC3 3-Point-Calibration
Pt100 External sensor connection for measurement and control
SMART PUMP, electronically adjustable pump stages
Early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8)
Adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display
RS232/RS485 interface for online communication
Integrated programmer for 6 x 60 program steps
Connections for solenoid valve and HSP booster pump
Proportional cooling control
Active Cooling Control
Proportional cooling control

Order No.	Model	Working temperature range	Temperature stability	Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW)	Heating capacity (kW)	Pump capacity flow rate	Pump pressure
Order No.	Model	(°C)	(°C)	Cooling capacity at 20°C (kW)	Heating capacity (kW)	(l/min)	(bar)
9312681	F81-HL	-81 ... +100	±0.02	0.45	1.3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352795N	F95-SL	-95 ... +0	±0.05		3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352751	FP51-SL	-51 ... +200	±0.05	2	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352752	FP52-SL	-60 ... +100	±0.05	3	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352752N	FP52-SL	-60 ... +100	±0.05	3	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352752N150	FP52-SL-150C	-60 ... +150	±0.05	3	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352755	FP55-SL	-60 ... +100	±0.05	5.2	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352755N	FP55-SL	-60 ... +100	±0.05	5.2	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352755N150	FP55-SL-150C	-60 ... +150	±0.05	5.2	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9312689	FP89-HL	-90 ... +100	±0.02	1	1.3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352790	FP90-SL	-90 ... +100	±0.05	1.8	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352790N	FP90-SL	-90 ... +100	±0.05	1.8	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352790N150	FP90-SL-150C	-90 ... +150	±0.05	1.8	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352753	FPW52-SL	-60 ... +100	±0.05	3	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352753N	FPW52-SL	-60 ... +100	±0.05	3	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352753N150	FPW52-SL-150C	-60 ... +150	±0.05	3	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352756	FPW55-SL	-60 ... +100	±0.05	5.5	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352756N	FPW55-SL	-60 ... +100	±0.05	5.5	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352756N150	FPW55-SL-150C	-60 ... +150	±0.05	5.5	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352791	FPW90-SL	-90 ... +100	±0.05	1.8	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352791N	FPW90-SL	-90 ... +100	±0.05	1.8	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352791N150	FPW90-SL-150C	-90 ... +150	±0.05	1.8	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352793	FPW91-SL	-91 ... +100	±0.2	4.5	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352793N	FPW91-SL	-91 ... +100	±0.2	4.5	3	22-26	0.4-0.7
9352796N	FW95-SL	-95 ... +0	±0.05		3	22-26	0.4-0.7

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Climatic Chamber

Series MKF | Dynamic climate chambers for rapid temperature changes with humidity control

{:en} Special features

Temperature range: -40 °C to 180 °C
Humidity range: 10 % to 98 % RH
Integrated water-storage tank, 20 liters (Models 115, 240, 720)
4 zero-voltage relay contacts that can be activated via MCS controller
Programmable condensation protection for test material
Heated viewing window with LED interior lighting

Available Sizes

Model	Interior Volume [L]	Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm	Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
MKF 56	60	732x1445x832	400x420x348
MKF 115	115	980x1725x865	600x480x400
MKF 240	228	1115x1715x925	735x700x443
MKF 720	734	1580x2005x1140	1200x1020x600

{:}{:zh}

重要特性

温度范围：-40 °C 至 180 °C
湿度范围：10 % 相对湿度至 98 % 相对湿度
集成式储水箱 20 L （型号 115, 240, 720）
4 个零电压开关触点
由不锈钢制成的 1 个插架
APT.line™ 预热腔技术
采用间隔编程和实时编程的直观触摸屏控制器
通过USB可读取内部数据记录器、开放格式的测量值
对样品的可编程冷凝保护
带 LED 内部照明的可加热式观察窗
利用电容式湿度传感器和蒸汽加湿进行湿度调节
BINDER 通讯软件 APT-COM™ 3 Basic（基础）版本
采用光学和声音报警的故障诊断系统
带硅胶塞的接入孔（型号 56, 115, 240：50 mm，左）
2 个带硅胶塞的接入孔（型号 720：80 mm，左和右）
独立可调的温度安全装置 2 级 (DIN 12880)，采用光学报警
4 个脚轮，两个带制动器
计算机接口：以太网
右侧面操作元件上的插座 230 V （型号 115, 240, 720）
可调节的斜坡函数功能
集成式连续自动记录仪
实时时钟
门加热
新鲜水罐缺水时的报警信息（型号 115, 240, 720）
软管保护接头，含不超过 1 m 高度的供水管和排水管
由不锈钢制成的内腔室
无氟制冷剂 R-404A
通过压缩冷却机进行冷却

可选容积

型号	内部容积 [L]	外壳尺寸宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)	内部尺寸宽 x 高 x 深 ( mm)
MKF 56	60	732x1445x832	400x420x348
MKF 115	115	980x1725x865	600x480x400
MKF 240	228	1115x1715x925	735x700x443
MKF 720	734	1580x2005x1140	1200x1020x600

{:}

Series MKFT | Dynamic climate chambers for rapid temperature changes with humidity control ...

Series MKT | Dynamic climate chambers for rapid temperature changes with extended low ...

Series MKF | Dynamic climate chambers for rapid temperature changes with humidity control

Series MK | Dynamic climate chambers for rapid temperature changes

Series KBWF | Growth chambers with light and humidity

Series KBW | Growth chambers with light

Series KMF | Constant climate chambers with expanded temperature / humidity range

Series KBF LQC | Constant climate chambers with ICH-compliant light source and light ...

Series KBF P | Constant climate chambers with ICH-compliant light source

Series KBF | Constant climate chambers with large temperature / humidity range

KBF1020-Large Scale Climatic Chamber

Dry Bath

No Product Was Found.

Glassware Washer

Smeg Basic line GW0160 60cm glassware washer

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Basic Line>GW0160[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW0160 is a glassware washer designed to work with one to two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620mm (168L gross). Possibility for washing and thermic disinfection (up to 85°C).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2627" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Specifications and Technical Features

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW0160" tab_id="GW0160"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW0160 (art. 860384)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

washing up to 85 °C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 7 default
microprocessor electronic control
active thermodynamic drying
alkaline powder detergent dispenser
peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 304 stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW0160-1)
60 Hz version available
without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW0160A (art. 860692)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

standard equipment
additional booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
P14060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2627" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW0160S" tab_id="GW0160S"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW0160S (art. 860386)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

washing up to 85 °C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 7 default
microprocessor electronic control
active thermodynamic drying
peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 304 stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW0160S1)
60 Hz version available
without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW0160SA (art. 860693)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

standard equipment
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2628" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Feattures" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

GW0160 TECHNICAL FEATURES	All versions
Electronic control	microprocessor
Standard programs stored	7
Customisable programs	0
Display with segments and communication	yes, 4 digits
Clock and calendar	yes
Tank internal temperature	from room temperature to 85°C
Accurancy	0,1°C
Temperature sensors in tank	n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
Detergent and neutralizing agent dosing system	max. 1 powder dispenser and 1 pump for neutralizing agent
Detergent level sensor	no
Safety lock	yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
Safety devices	safety thermostats, door interlock
Alarm display	30
Troubleshooting menu	no
Programme editing	no
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs	no
RS232 serial port for PC connection	no
Cycle storage	no
Cycle file download	no
Download archivio cicli	no
Program editing	no
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
Cold water inlet	yes, hardness max 42°f
Demineralized water inlet	yes, < 30 μS/cm
Demineralized water booster pump	optional
Water softener incorporated	yes
Recirculation pump	400 l/min
WATER HEATING
Electrical	6,3 kW on three-phase version, 2,3 kW on single-phase version
STEAM CONDENSER	no
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
Outside (with built-in top)	600x600x850 (830)
Inside (gross)	530x510x620
Net weight (Kg)	72
STAINLESS STEEL
Wash tank	AISI 304
Exterior covering	AISI 304
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
Max. voltage/power	1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 2,8 kW 3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 7,0 kW
NOISE LEVEL	max 50 dB

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Possible Washing Configuration - GW0160 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2682" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for different types of glassware. Photo: CS1-1 upper basket: it is fitted with RC1/2 net in the right side for the support of various glass items. On the left side: test tube accessory. CS2 lower basket: SB28 insert on the right and SB30 on the left for washing beakers, flasks, plates and various other materials.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one mixed injection washing level suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware and pipettes. Photo: LPM2020: this system allows simultaneously washing narrownecked glassware (flasks, beakers, round-bottom flasks) and 20 pipettes.Specific carriers for laboratories which clean many different types of glassware at the same time.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2683" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2684" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one injection washing level suitable for washing narrownecked glassware. Photo: LM40: universal injection carrier as it optimises washing of narrow-necked glassware of different sizes. It has a capacity of 40 items and can wash both large items and small flasks or bottles.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Accessories - GW0160 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM40 WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE TILL 49 CM IN HEIGHT CS2 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION TO PLACE BIG DIMENSIONS GOODS OR SPECIFIC SUPPORTSS LPM2010 MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES,PIPETTES AND NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE -20 +10 POSITIONS RC1 SOLUTIONS TO BLOCK GLASSWARE INSIDE THE BASKETS

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LB16S INJECTION WASHING SOLUTION FOR 16 BOTTLES CP192 WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES TILL 192MM IN HEIGHT

LM40S WASHING SOLUTION FOR 40 NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE TILL 225MM IN HEIGHT

CSK2 WASHING SOLUTION FOR VARIOUS GLASSWARE PRODUCTS

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Basic Trolleys" tab_id="BasicTrolleys"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2829" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CS1-1

UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CS2

LOWER LEVEL BASKET

Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2831" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB9

9 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and cylinders of max. 100 ml and funnels. Dimensions: W x D x H = 420 x 145 x 160 mm An insert for 14 positions is also available (SB14). Dimensions: W x D x H = 422 x 146 x 184 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB15

15 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets of 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 115 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2833" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2834" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB28

28 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers and flasks. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity for 16 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 1000 ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 185 mm[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB30

30 POSITION INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing beakers of any size. For use in combination with standard CS1-1 and CS2 baskets and LM20 insert. It has a capacity of 30 items and is made of stainless steel. Recommended for flasks with a capacity of up to 500ml. Dimensions: W x D x H = 400 x 195 x 150 mm An insert for 25 positions is also available (SB25).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2835" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Test tube and small objects inserts" tab_id="insert_b"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2836" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CSK1

1-LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions.level Dimensions: L x D x H 450 x 450 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: entire washer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CSK2

½ LEVEL SMALL GLASSES AND OBJECTS INSERT It is suitable for washing glasses and objects of small dimensions. Dimensions : L x D x H 450 x 225 x 55mm, mesh 5 x 5mm Space needed: half of a washer level[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2837" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2838" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES “CP”

¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle insert" tab_id="insert_c"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2839" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PB50

BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 56 50 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 46 mm - h 87 mm. PB100 (not in photo) suitable for holding 32 100 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 56 mm - h 100 mm. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PB500

BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 21 500 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL32 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 86 mm - h 177 mm. PB250 (not in photo) suitable for holding 25 250 ml widenecked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 70 mm - h 138 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2840" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2668" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PB1000

BOTTLE INSERT Suitable for holding 16 1000 ml wide-necked bottles (screw cap GL45 ISO4796 or ground cap DIN 12038 or non-standard cap). Max. bottle size: diam. 101 mm - h 225 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PV105

SLIDES INSERT Microscope slide insert made of stainless steel. Suitable for positioning 105 standard microscope slides. Dimensions l x d x h = 220x143x60 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SL6

PLATE INSERT It is suitable for washing up to Olympus-type plate for optical recognition of the blood unit. Hinged lid included. Dimensions l x d x h = 485x145x80 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2842" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2843" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SL9

CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, it is suitable for washing chromatographic plates. Capacity of 9 items. It takes up 1/2 the space of a standard basket.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SL18

CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES INSERT Made of stainless steel, suitable for washing 20x20 standard chromatographic plates. Capacity of 18 items. The guides are shaped in such a way that the support points are outside the working surface.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2844" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Various accessories" tab_id="various"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES "PD"

DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS PETRI DISH INSERT PD70S - 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD100S - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the upper level CS1-1. PD70I 40 items, 50-70 mm positioned on the lower level CS2. PD100I - 38 items, 70-120 mm positioned on the lower level CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2845" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2846" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES "PF"

DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS MESHES PF1/2, ½ space of CS2 or CS1-1 PF1, whole CS1-1 PF2, whole CS2[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SA3

DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS HOLDING NETS RC1 net covering a whole carrier, RC1/2 net covering ½ carrier, RC1/4 net covering 1/4 carrier[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2847" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2848" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SERIES “U”

SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2751" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM20

UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with 20 nozzles and half the carrier space is free for mixed glassware suitable for a 1⁄2 basket accessory. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM40

UNIVERSAL NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height, flasks, round-bottom flasks and graduated cylinders of various sizes. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2656" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2635" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM40S

UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 40 spigots with the same height. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM80

UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 80 spigots with the same height. Positioned on two levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2659" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle washing carrier" tab_id="bottlecarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2789" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB4B

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 2 x 10 L bottles or 4 x 5 L bottles. Fitted with 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LBT5

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for large glass items washing. Suitable for washing of 5 x 5-litre bottles (diam. 180 x h.500mm, max neck diameter 80 mm). Fitted with 5 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2661" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2849" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB8

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 8 bottles of maximum 50 cm in height. Fitted with 8 x U6260 spigots and 8 x special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB16

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 450mm) or graduated cylinders (diam. max. 101 mm - h 495 mm). Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2664" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2633" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB16S

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 250mm). Positioned on the upper level. LB16I: same carrier for the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB32

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 32 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml, max. diam. 101 mm, H.245 mm. Positioned on 2 levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2850" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2851" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB1-20

WASHING CARRIER FOR BOTTLE OR DRUM Stainless steel carrier for washing universal large glass items and suitable for washing one large bottle and/or drum. Bottle maximum dimensions diameter 300 x h. 350 mm. Positioned on lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed washing carrier" tab_id="mixedcarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2631" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPM2010

MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes. Suitable for washing of 10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPM2020

MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS AND PIPETTES Stainless steel carrier for mixed washing of flasks and pipettes. Suitable for washing 20 pipettes up to 550 mm in height and 20 narrow-necked glassware with a maximum height of 49 cm. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2660" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2790" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LR4

REACTORS WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing four 3/5-way reactors of maximum 3 litres or up to 12 narrow-necked glass items. Fitted with 20 U6260 nozzles. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LT20

WASHING CARRIER FOR FISCHER BOTTLES Stainless steel carrier for washing 12 Fischer bottles and graduated cylinders with a maximum height of 55 cm. 6 positions for injection washing of narrow-necked glassware. Fitted with 18 spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2852" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2753" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPV40

PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing volumetric pipettes up to 55 cm in length. 20 positions for pipettes of 55 cm in height and 20 positions for pipettes and/or flasks of 45-49 cm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPT100

PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing 100 pipettes with a capacity of 1 to 20 ml and a height up to 450 mm. The pipette washing disc is fitted into the carrier to allow fast loading and unloading access.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2663" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2853" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

KP100

TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200 (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB40

BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing . Suitable for washing 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2854" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Smeg Basic line GW2145 45cm glassware washer

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Basic Line>GW2145[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW2145 is a glassware washer with slim dimensions,designed to work with either one to two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 380 x 480 x 580mm (105 litres) and has the capability for washing and thermic disinfection (up to 95°C). [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2572" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Specifications and Technical Features

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW2145" tab_id="GW2145"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW2145 (art. 860454)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 9 default + 6 custom
microprocessor programmable electronic control
serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
active thermodynamic drying
alkaline powder detergent dispenser
peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
possibility of installing 1 additional peristaltic pump
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 450 x 620 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 370 x 480 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 3,3 kW max
60 Hz version available
Schuko plug 16 A - 250 V included
upper and lower trolleys D-CS1 and D-CS2 included

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW2145A (art. 860698)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

standard equipment
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

P12145 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
TOP45I - BUILT-IN TOP 45 CM
WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2572" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

GW2145 TECHNICAL FEATURES	All versions
Electronic control	microprocessor
Standard programs stored	9
Customisable programs	6
Display with segments and communication	yes, 4 digits
Clock and calendar	yes
Tank internal temperature	from room temperature to 95°C
Accuracy	0,1°C
Temperature sensor in tank	n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
Detergent and neutralizing agent dosing system	max. 1 powder dispenser, 1 liquid pumps and 1 pump as optional
Detergent level sensor	optional
Safety lock	yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
Safety devices	safety thermostats, door interlock
Alarm display	30
Troubleshooting menu	yes, using PC connection
Programme editing	yes, using 6 customisable programs
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs	yes
RS232 serial port for PC connection	yes
RS232 serial port for printer	yes
Cycle storage	yes
Cycle file download	yes
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
Cold water inlet	yes, hardness max 42°f
Demineralized water inlet	yes, < 30 μS/cm
Demineralized water booster pump	optional
Water softener incorporated	yes
Recirculation pump	200 l/min
WATER HEATING
Electrical	3,3 kW Max
STEAM CONDENSER	no
DIMENSIONS LXDXH MM
Outside (with built-in top)	450x620x850 (830)
Inside (gross)	370x480x620
Net weight (Kg)	56
STAINLESS STEEL
Wash tank	AISI 316L
Exterior covering	AISI 304
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
Max. voltage/power	1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 3,3 kW
NOISE LEVEL	max 50 dB

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Possible Washing Configuration - GW2145

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="2678" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms where supports for all types of glassware can be located (beakers, test tubes, flasks, plates and various other materials). Photo: D-CS1 upper basket: SB9 straight line support for beakers and flasks to the left, SB14 spring tine support to the right. Each support occupies ½ the rack for machines with width of 45 cm. D-CS2 lower basket: SB28 universal spring support for beakers and flasks, standard on 60-cm models, occupying all the lower base but cannot be positioned on the upper rack.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]TWO SPRAYING LEVELS This configuration has two washing levels with spray arms for all types of glassware. Photo: D-CS1 upper basket: it is fitted with 2 supports equipped with compartments (CP192 and CP222) to wash test tubes. D-CS2 lower basket: SB9 insert for beakers and flasks to the left, SB14 spring support to the right. Each support occupies ½ the rack for machines with width of 45 cm to optimise the load on the rack.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="2679" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="2680" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration is suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware of different sizes Photo: The LM24 is secured to the lower D-CS2 basket using two special fastenings. This solution is suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware of different sizes with a capacity of 24 items and a maximum height of glassware of 500 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Accessories - GW2145 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM24 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE - 24 POSITIONS

SB9 WASHING SOLUTION FOR BEAKERS, CYLINDERS UPTO 100ML MAX AND TUNNELS. TO BE PLACED ON D-CS1 AND D-CS2

LM46 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE - 46 POSITIONS

LM22S WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE - 22 POSITIONS. TO BE PLACED ON D-CS2

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LPM24 MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE/PIPETTES - 12+12 POSITIONS

SB14 WASHING SOLUTION FOR BEAKERS AND FLASKS FROM 250ML TO 1000ML. TO BE PLACED ON D-CS1 E D-CS

KP60 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES- 60 POSITIONS

D-CS2 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION TO BE PLACED ON THE LOWER LEVEL

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Basic Trolleys" tab_id="BasicTrolleys"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2890" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

D-CS1

UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

D-CS2

LOWER LEVEL BASKET

Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2891" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Inserts for flask beakers and cylinders" tab_id="Insert_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2832" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB9

SB15

SB28

SB30

CSK1

CSK2

SERIES “CP”

¼ LEVEL TEST TUBE INSERT Compartment suitable for test tubes up to 160. Accessory composed by 3 compartments and a lid. Different sizes depending on the test tubes model. Space needed: 1/4 of a washer level. CP105: test tubes up to 75 mm in height CP132: test tubes up to 105 mm in height CP192: test tubes up to 165 mm in height CP222: test tubes up to 200 mm in height[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Plate and slide inserts" tab_id="insert_d"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2841" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

PV105

SL6

SL9

SL18

SERIES "PD"

SERIES "PF"

SA3

SERIES “U”

SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2612" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPM24

PIPETTES/FLASK WASHING CARRIER Mixed stainless-steel flask/pipette carriage with 12+12 positions, suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with the following nozzles: 4 x U6240, 2 x U6220, 2 x U4160, 2 x U4140, 2 x U3110, 12 x LB40. Maximum glassware height of 490 mm. Positioning on the D-CS2 rack lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM24

FLASK WASHING INSERT Universal 24-position stainless steel flask washer, suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with the following nozzles: 6 x U6240, 5 x U6220, 6 x U4160, 5 x U4140, 2 x U3110. Positioning on the D-CS2 rack lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2608" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2611" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM22S

FLASK WASHING INSERT Universal 22-position stainless steel flask washer, suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Fitted with the following nozzles: 12 x U4140, 5 x U3110, 5 x U390. Positioning on the D-CS1 rack upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM46

UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER– 46 POSITIONS Suitable for washing narrow-necked glassware up to 220 mm in height. Upper basket insert equipped with the following nozzles: 12 x U4140 (140 mm), 6 x U390 (90 mm), 6 x U3110 (110 mm). Lower basket insert equipped with the following nozzles: 6 x U4140 (140 mm), 2 x U390 (90 mm), 2 x U3110 (110 mm), 2 x U6220 (220 mm), 2 x U6240 (240 mm), 2 x U6260 (260 mm), 2 x U4180 (160 mm), 6 x U4160 (160 mm), 1 x UC6 (curved).Made of stainless steel. Positioned on the rack levels of D-CS1 and D-CS2.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2610" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页>仪器>洗瓶机[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW2145 is a glassware washer with slim dimensions,designed to work with either one to two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 380 x 480 x 580mm (105 litres) and has the capability for washing and thermic disinfection (up to 95°C). [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="268"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

规格

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW2145" tab_id="GW2145"][vc_column_text]

GW2145 (目录号 860454) - 实验室洗瓶机

洗涤温度高至95°C - 抗菌热消毒
程序: 9个预设 + 6个自定义
可编程微处理电子控制器
RS232接口,连接打印机或者电脑
主动热力干燥
碱性洗涤粉剂分配器
酸性中和剂蠕动泵
可安装1个附加蠕动泵
AISI 316不锈钢洗涤内腔
AISI 304不锈钢外壳
2层独立洗涤层,带伸缩导轨
外部尺寸 LxDxH: 450 x 620 x 850mm
内腔尺寸 LxDxH: 370 x 480 x 570mm
软水器含盐传感器
冷水和软化水连接
电子门锁系统,保障用户安全
电源: 1/N/PE 230V - 50Hz - 3.3kW 最大
60Hz版本可选
包括Schuko插头16 A/250 V
包括上层(D-CS1)和下层(D-CS2)洗涤推车

其他可选型号

GW2145A (目录号 860698) - 实验室洗瓶机

GW2145标准规格
增压泵,用于没有压力软化水

可选配件

P12145 - 液体洗涤剂蠕动泵
PAD1 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
PAD2 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
PAD2-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
PAD2R - PAD2 继电器套件
PAD2X - 不锈钢增压泵用于没有压力软水
PAD2X-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水,60Hz
TOP45I - 嵌入式安装顶盖, 45cm
WD-LS3060 - 洗涤剂液位传感器
WD-PRINTE - 外置打印机

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

常用洗涤推车,篮子和支架

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM24 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE - 24 POSITIONS

SB9 WASHING SOLUTION FOR BEAKERS, CYLINDERS UPTO 100ML MAX AND TUNNELS. TO BE PLACED ON D-CS1 AND D-CS2

LM46 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE - 46 POSITIONS

LM22S WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE - 22 POSITIONS. TO BE PLACED ON D-CS2

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LPM24 MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE/PIPETTES - 12+12 POSITIONS

SB14 WASHING SOLUTION FOR BEAKERS AND FLASKS FROM 250ML TO 1000ML. TO BE PLACED ON D-CS1 E D-CS

KP60 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES- 60 POSITIONS

D-CS2 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION TO BE PLACED ON THE LOWER LEVEL

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Other Accessories, please refer to Accessories [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

GW2145 TECHNICAL FEATURES	All versions
Electronic control	microprocessor
Standard programs stored	9
Customisable programs	6
Display with segments and communication	yes, 4 digits
Clock and calendar	yes
Tank internal temperature	from room temperature to 95°C
Accuracy	0,1°C
Temperature sensor in tank	n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
Detergent and neutralizing agent dosing system	max. 1 powder dispenser, 1 liquid pumps and 1 pump as optional
Detergent level sensor	optional
Safety lock	yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
Safety devices	safety thermostats, door interlock
Alarm display	30
Troubleshooting menu	yes, using PC connection
Programme editing	yes, using 6 customisable programs
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs	yes
RS232 serial port for PC connection	yes
RS232 serial port for printer	yes
Cycle storage	yes
Cycle file download	yes
WATER SUPPLY
(PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
Cold water inlet	yes, hardness max 42°f
Demineralized water inlet	yes, < 30 μS/cm
Demineralized water booster pump	optional
Water softener incorporated	yes
Recirculation pump	200 l/min
WATER HEATING
Electrical	3,3 kW Max
STEAM CONDENSER	no
DIMENSIONS LXDXH MM
Outside (with built-in top)	450x620x850 (830)
Inside (gross)	370x480x620
Net weight (Kg)	56
STAINLESS STEEL
Wash tank	AISI 316L
Exterior covering	AISI 304
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
Max. voltage/power	1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 3,3 kW
NOISE LEVEL	max 50 dB

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

Smeg Basic Line GW1160 60cm glassware washer

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Basic Line>GW1160[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW1160 is a glassware washer designed to work on either one or two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620 mm (168l gross). Possibility for washing and thermic disinfection (up to 95°C).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2749" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Specifications and Technical Features

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW1160" tab_id="GW1160"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW1160 (art. 860335)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 9 default + 6 custom
microprocessor programmable electronic control
serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
active thermodynamic drying
alkaline powder detergent dispenser
peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW1160-1)
60 Hz version available
without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW1160A (art. 860694)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

standard equipment
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

GW1160C (art. 860337)LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

GW1160CA (art. 860695)LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
P14060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
P34060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR CAUSTIC SODA
P44060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2749" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW1160S" tab_id="GW1160S"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW1160S (art. 860336)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 9 default + 6 custom
microprocessor programmable electronic control
serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
active thermodynamic drying
peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
possibility of installing one additional peristaltic pump
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW1160S1)
60 Hz version available
without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW1160SA (art. 860696)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

standard equipment
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

GW1160SC (art. 860326)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH STEAM CONDENSER

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

GW1160SCA (art. 860697)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
P34060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR CAUSTIC SODA
P44060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2750" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

GW1160 TECHNICAL FEATURES	All versions
Electronic control	microprocessor
Standard programs stored	9
Customisable programs	6
Display with segments and communication	yes, 4 digits
Clock and calendar	yes
Tank internal temperature	from room temperature to 95°C
Accuracy	0,1°C
Temperature sensors in tank	n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
Detergent and agents dosing system	max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 2 other pumps as optional
Detergent level sensor	optional
Safety lock	yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
Safety devices	safety thermostats, door interlock
Alarm display	30
Troubleshooting menu	yes, using PC connection
Programme editing	yes, using 6 customisable programs
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs	yes
RS232 serial port for PC connection	yes
RS232 serial port for printer	yes
Cycle storage	yes
Cycle file download	yes
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
Cold water inlet	yes, hardness max 42°f
Demineralized water inlet	yes, < 30 μS/cm
Demineralized water booster pump	optional
Water softener incorporated	yes
Recirculation pump	400 l/min
WATER HEATING
Electrical	6,3 kW on three-phase version, 2,3 kW on single-phase version
STEAM CONDENSER	optional
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
Outside (with built-in top)	600x605x850 (830)
Inside (gross)	530x510x620
Net weight (Kg)	74
STAINLESS STEEL
Wash tank	AISI 316L
Exterior covering	AISI 304
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
Max. voltage/power	1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 2,8 kW 3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 7,0 kW
NOISE LEVEL	max 50 dB

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Possible Washing Configuration - GW1160 Series

Accessories - GW1160 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM20 UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKEDGLASSWARE - 24 POSITIONS

SB28 WASHING SOLUTION FOR BEAKERS AND FLASKS FROM 250ML TO 1000ML. TO BE PLACED ON CS1-1 AND CS2

LPV40 WASHING SOLUTION FOR 40 PIPETTE -H. MAX 49CM

SL18 WASHING SOLUTION FOR CHROMATOGRAPHIC PLATES

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]KP200 TWO-LEVELS WASHING SOLUTIONS FOR TEST TUBES

PB50 WASHING SOLUTION 50ML WIDE-NECKED BOTTLES. TO BE POSITIONED ON CS2

LB4B WASHING SOLUTION FOR BOTTLES OF LARGE DIMENSIONS

LR4 WASHING SOLUTION FOR REACTORS

CS1-1

UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CS2

LOWER LEVEL BASKET

Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.

SB9

SB15

SB28

SB30

CSK1

CSK2

SERIES “CP”

PB50

PB500

PB1000

PV105

SL6

SL9

SL18

SERIES "PD"

SERIES "PF"

SA3

SERIES “U”

LM20

LM40

LM40S

LM80

LB4B

LBT5

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for large glass items washing. Suitable for washing five 5-litre bottles (diam. 180 x h.500mm, max neck diameter 80 mm). Fitted with 5 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2661" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2849" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB8

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items. Suitable for washing 8 bottles of maximum 50 cm in height. Fitted with 8 U6260 spigots and 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB16

LB16S

LB32

LB1-20

LPM2010

MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes. Suitable for washing 10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPM2020

LR4

LT20

LPV40

LPT100

KP100

TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200 (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB40

BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing. Suitable for washing 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2854" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Smeg Basic line GW4060 60cm w/drying system glassware washer

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Basic Line>GW4060[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW4060 is a glassware washer designed to work with either one or two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620 mm (168l gross). Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2638" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Specifications and Technical Features

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW4060" tab_id="GW4060"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW4060 (art. 860296)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 9 default + 6 custom
microprocessor programmable electronic control
serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
alkaline powder detergent dispenser
peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW4060-1)
60 Hz version available
without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW4060A (art. 860704) - LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

standard equipment
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

GW4060C (art. 860186)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

GW4060CA (art. 860705)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM AND STEAM CONDENSER

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

AF4060 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
P14060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
P34060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR CAUSTIC SODA
P44060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2638" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW4060S" tab_id="GW4060S"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW4060S (art. 860297)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 9 default + 6 custom
microprocessor programmable electronic control
serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
possibility of installing one additional peristaltic pump
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 600 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW4060S1)
60 Hz version available
without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW4060SA (art. 860706)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

standard equipment
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

GW4060SC (art. 860280)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

GW4060SCA (art. 860707)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

AF4060 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
AS4060 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
P34060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR CAUSTIC SODA
P44060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2639" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

GW4060 TECHNICAL FEATURES	All versions
Electronic control	microprocessor
Standard programs stored	9
Customisable programs	6
Display with segments and communication	yes, 4 digits
Clock and calendar	yes
Tank internal temperature	from room temperature to 95°C
Accuracy	0,1°C
Temperature sensors in tank	n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
Detergent and agents dosing system	max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 2 other pumps as optional
Detergent level sensor	optional
Safety lock	yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
Safety devices	safety thermostats, door interlock
Alarm display	30
Troubleshooting menu	yes, using PC connection
Programme editing	yes, using 6 customizable programs
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs	yes
RS232 serial port for PC connection	yes
RS232 serial port for printer	yes
Cycle storage	yes
Cycle file download	yes
DRYING SYSTEM
Drying fan	yes
Drying heating element	0,8 kW
Prefilter class C 98%	yes
HEPA filter class S 99,999%	optional
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
Cold water inlet	yes, hardness max 42°f
Demineralized water inlet	yes, < 30 μS/cm
Demineralized water booster pump	optional
Water softener incorporated	yes
Recirculation pump	400 l/min
WATER HEATING
Electrical	6,3 kW on three-phase version, 2,3 kW on single-phase version
STEAM CONDENSER	yes
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
Outside (with built-in top)	600x605x850 (830)
Inside (gross)	530x510x620
Net weight (Kg)	77
STAINLESS STEEL
Wash tank	AISI 316L
Exterior covering	AISI 304
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
Max. voltage/power	1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 2,8 kW 3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 7,0 kW
NOISE LEVEL	max 50 dB

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Possible Washing Configuration - GW4060 Series

Accessories - GW4060 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM40DS WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE TILL 49CM IN HEIGHT

LPT100DS WASHING SOLUTION FOR 100 PIPETTES TILL 45CM IN HEIGHT

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LPM2020DS WASHING SOLUTION FOR 20 TEST TUBES AND 20 NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE

SB25 WASHING SOLUTION FOR BEAKERS AND FLASKS TILL 500ML. TO BE PLACED ON CS1-1 AND CS2

CS1-1

UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CS2

LOWER LEVEL BASKET

Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.

SB9

SB15

SB28

SB30

CSK1

CSK2

SERIES “CP”

PB50

PB500

PB1000

PV105

SL6

SL9

SL18

SERIES "PD"

SERIES "PF"

SA3

SERIES “U”

SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2651" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM20DS

UNIVERSAL FLASK WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height. Fitted with 20 nozzles and half the carrier space is free for mixed glassware suitable for a 1⁄2 basket accessory. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM40DS

UNIVERSAL NARROWNECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 490 mm in height, flasks, round-bottom flasks and graduated cylinders of various sizes. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2640" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2896" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM40SDS

UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 40 spigots with the same height. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM80DS

UNIVERSAL NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE WASHING CARRIER Stainless-steel carrier for washing and drying narrow-necked glassware up to 225 mm in height. Carrier with 80 spigots with the same height. Positioned on two levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2897" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Bottle washing carrier" tab_id="bottlecarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2898" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB4BDS

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 2 x 10 L bottles or 4 x 5 L bottles. Fitted with 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LBT5DS

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for large glass items washing with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of five 5-litre bottles (diam. 180 x h.500mm, max neck diameter 80 mm). Fitted with 5 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2661" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2900" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB8DS

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 8 bottles of maximum 50 cm in height. Fitted with 8 U6260 spigots and 8 special spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB16DS

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 450mm) or graduated cylinders (diam. max. 101 mm - h 495 mm). Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2901" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2902" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB16SDS

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 16 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 101 mm, h 250mm). Positioned on the upper level. LB16IDS (not shown in the photo): same carrier for the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB32DS

BOTTLE WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing large glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 32 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml, max. diam. 101 mm, H.245 mm. Positioned on 2 levels.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2650" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2903" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB1-20DS

WASHING CARRIER FOR BOTTLE OR DRUM Stainless steel carrier for washing universal large glass items and suitable for washing one large bottle and/or drum with drying system connection. Bottle maximum dimensions diameter 300 x h. 350 mm. Positioned on lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Mixed washing carrier" tab_id="mixedcarrier"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2667" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPM2010DS

MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of 10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPM2020DS

MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS AND PIPETTES Stainless steel carrier for mixed washing of flasks and pipettes with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying 20 pipettes up to 550 mm in height and 20 narrow-necked glassware with a maximum height of 49 cm. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2642" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2669" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LR4DS

REACTORS WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel trolley for washing and drying four 3/5-way reactors of maximum 3 litres or up to 12 narrow-necked glass items. Fitted with 20 U6260 nozzles. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LT20DS

WASHING CARRIER FOR FISCHER BOTTLES Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing and drying of 12 Fischer bottles and graduated cylinders with a maximum height of 55 cm. 6 positions for injection washing of narrow-necked glassware. Fitted with 18 spigots. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2904" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2649" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPV40DS

PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying volumetric pipettes up to 55 cm in length. 20 positions for pipettes of 55 cm in height and 20 positions for pipettes and/or flasks of 45-49 cm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPT100DS

PIPETTES WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for washing and drying 100 pipettes with a capacity of 1 to 20 ml and a height up to 450 mm. The pipette washing disc is fitted into the carrier to allow fast loading and unloading access.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2641" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2905" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

KP100DS

TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200DS (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB40DS

BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing with drying system connection. Suitable for washing and drying of 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2906" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Smeg Basic line GW4190 90cm w/drying system glassware washer

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Basic Line>GW4190[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW4190 is a glassware washer designed to work from one to two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620mm (168l gross). Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter. Integrated compartment for the detergents.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2647" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Specifications and Technical Features

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW4190" tab_id="GW4190"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW4190 (art. 860351)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 9 default + 6 custom
microprocessor programmable electronic control
serial port RS232 for connection to printer or PC
forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
alkaline powder detergent dispenser
peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 4 x 5 liters tanks
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 600 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW4190-1)
60 Hz version available
without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW4190A (art. 860711)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

standard equipment
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

GW4190C (art. 860353)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

GW4190CA (art. 860712)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

- AF4060 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
- AS4190 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
- B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
- FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
- IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
- P14060 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
- P14190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
- P34190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
- P44190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
- PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
- PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
- PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
- T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
- TANKBSK - UPPER LEVEL CAN HOLDER BASKET
- TOP90IB - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
- TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
- WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
- WD-LS4190 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
- WD-PRINT9 - PANEL PRINTER

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2647" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW4190S" tab_id="GW4190S"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW4190S (art. 860352)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 9 default + 6 custom
microprocessor programmable electronic control
serial port RS232 for connection to printer or PC
forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
peristaltic pump for acid liquid neutralizer
possibility of installing one additional peristaltic pump
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 4 x 5 liters tanks
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 600 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max
single phase version available: 1/N/PE 230 V - 50 Hz - 2,8 kW max (GW4190S1)
60 Hz version available
without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW4190SA (art. 860713)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

standard equipment
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

GW4190SC (art. 860354)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

GW4190SCA (art. 860714)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM AND STEAM CONDENSER

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

AF4060 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
AS4190 - AQUA STOP WATER LEAK KIT
B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
FLUX4060 - DOSING CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
P14190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID DETERGENT
P34190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
P44190 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
PAD1 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2R - PAD2 RELAY KIT
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
TANKBSK - UPPER LEVEL CAN HOLDER BASKET
TOP90IB - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
TRACELOG - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS4190 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINT9 - PANEL PRINTER

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2648" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

GW4190 TECHNICAL FEATURES	All versions
Electronic control	microprocessor
Standard programs stored	9
Customisable programs	6
Display with segments and communication	yes, 4 digits
Clock and calendar	yes
Tank internal temperature	from room temperature to 95°C
Accuracy	0,1°C
Temperature sensors in tank	n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
Detergent and agents dosing system	max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 2 other pumps as optional
Detergent level sensor	optional
Safety lock	yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
Safety devices	safety thermostats, door interlock
Alarm display	30
Troubleshooting menu	yes, using PC connection
Programme editing	yes, using 6 customizable programs
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs	yes
RS232 serial port for PC connection	yes
RS232 serial port for printer	yes
Cycle storage	yes
Cycle file download	yes
DRYING SYSTEM
Drying fan	yes
Drying heating element	0,8 kW
Prefilter class C 98%	yes
HEPA filter class S 99,999%	optional
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
Cold water inlet	yes, hardness max 42°f
Demineralized water inlet	yes, < 30 μS/cm
Demineralized water booster pump	optional
Water softener incorporated	yes
Recirculation pump	400 l/min
WATER HEATING
Electrical	6,3 kW on three-phase version, 2,3 kW on single-phase version
STEAM CONDENSER	optional
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
Outside (with built-in top)	900x605x853 (830)
Inside (gross)	530x510x620
Net weight (Kg)	105
STAINLESS STEEL
Wash tank	AISI 316L
Exterior covering	AISI 304
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
Max. voltage/power	1/N/PE 230V ~ 50Hz 2,8 kW 3/N/PE 400V ~ 50Hz 7,0 kW
NOISE LEVEL	max 50 dB

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Possible Washing Configuration - GW4190 Series

Accessories - GW4190 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LPV40DS WASHING SOLUTION FOR 40 PIPETTES

LB32DS WASHING SOLUTION FOR BOTTLES

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM20DS UNIVERSAL WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROWNECKED GLASSWARES - 24 POSITIONS

PD70I WASHING SOLUTION FOR PETRI DISHES

CS1-1

UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CS2

LOWER LEVEL BASKET

Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.

SB9

SB15

SB28

SB30

CSK1

CSK2

SERIES “CP”

PB50

PB500

PB1000

PV105

SL6

SL9

SL18

SERIES "PD"

SERIES "PF"

SA3

SERIES “U”

SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2651" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM20DS

LM40DS

LM40SDS

LM80DS

LB4BDS

LBT5DS

LB8DS

LB16DS

LB16SDS

LB32DS

LB1-20DS

LPM2010DS

LPM2020DS

LR4DS

LT20DS

LPV40DS

LPT100DS

KP100DS

TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200DS (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB40DS

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Smeg Professional line GW3060 60cm glassware washer

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Professional Line>GW3060[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW3060 is a glassware washer designed to work with either one or two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620 mm (168l gross). Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Specifications and Technical Features

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW3060BX" tab_id="GW3060BX"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW3060BX (art. 860141)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 20 default + 10 custom
n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
active thermodynamic drying
alkaline powder detergent dispenser
peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
possibility of installing up to 3 additional peristaltic pumps
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 640 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
60 Hz version available
without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW3060BXA (art. 860699)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

standard equipment
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

GW3060BXC (art. 860241)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

GW3060BXCA (art. 860700)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2654" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW3060S" tab_id="GW3060S"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW3060S (art. 860189)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 20 default + 10 custom
n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
active thermodynamic drying
peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 640 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
60 Hz version available
without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW3060SA (art. 860702)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

standard equipment
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

GW3060SC (art. 860210)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection

GW3060SCA (art. 860703)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2655" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW3060P" tab_id="GW3060P"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW3060P (art. 860190)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER - PETROL

washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 20 default + 10 custom
n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
active thermodynamic drying
peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
peristaltic pump for caustic soda solution
peristaltic pump for anti-foam additive
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 600 x 640 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
60 Hz version available
spare parts kit for petrol
without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW3060PA (art. 860701)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER - PETROL

standard equipment
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
B6040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 60 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
T6040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 60 CM MACHINES
TOP60I - BUILT-IN TOP 60 CM
WD-LANE - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2760" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

GW3060 TECHNICAL FEATURES	All versions
Electronic control	3 microprocessors + 1 (optional communication card)
Standard programs stored	20
Customisable programs	10 (expandable to 50)
Backlit graphic LCD display	128 x 64 pixels
Clock and calendar	yes
Tank internal temperature	from room temperature to 95°C
Accuracy	0,1°C
Temperature sensors in tank	n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
Detergent and agents dosing system	max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 3 other pumps as optional
Detergent level sensor	optional
Safety lock	yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
Safety devices	safety thermostats, door interlock
Alarm display	80
Troubleshooting menu	yes, using PC connection
Program editing	yes, using customizable programs
Display languages	Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish, Turkish and Polish
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
External sensor duct	optional
Waste water separation solenoid valve control	optional
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs	yes
RS232 serial port for PC connection	yes
RS232 serial port for printer	yes
Cycle storage	yes
Cycle file download	yes
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
Cold water inlet	yes, hardness max 42°f
Demineralized water inlet	yes, < 30 μS/cm
Demineralized water booster pump	optional
Water softener incorporated	yes
Recirculation pump	400 l/min
WATER HEATING
Electrical	6,3 kW
STEAM CONDENSER	optional
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
Outside (with built-in top)	600x640x850 (830)
Inside (gross)	530x510x620
Net weight (Kg)	86
STAINLESS STEEL
Wash tank	AISI 316L
Exterior covering	AISI 304
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
Max. voltage/power	3/N/PE 400V ~ 50Hz 7,0 kW
NOISE LEVEL	max 50 dB

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Possible Washing Configuration - GW3060 Series

Accessories - GW3060 Series

CP192 WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES TILL 192MM IN HEIGHT

LM80 TWO LEVELS WASHING SOLUTION WITH INJECTION. 68 SPIGOTS FOR GLASSEWARE UP TO 225MM MAX IN HEGHT

LPM2020 MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES (MAX. 550MM IN HEIGHT), NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARES UPTO MAX. 490MM IN HEIGHT

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LBT5 INJECTION WASHING SOLUTION FOR BOTTLES UP TO 5L. DIAM.MAX. 180X500H MM, NECK DIAM. MAX 80MM.

CPB2 WASHING SOLUTION FOR WINE-TASTING GLASSES MAX. 240MM IN HEIGHT. SUITABLE FOR WASHING TILL 14 WINE-GLASSES.

LPT100 WASHING SOLUTION FOR 100 PIPETTES UPTO 45CM IN HEIGHT

LB16 WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW NECK BOTTLES (MAX 1000ML) AND GRADUATED MEASURING CYLINDERS (MAX 495MM)

CS1-1

UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CS2

LOWER LEVEL BASKET

Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.

SB9

SB15

SB28

SB30

CSK1

CSK2

SERIES “CP”

PB50

PB500

PB1000

PV105

SL6

SL9

SL18

SERIES "PD"

SERIES "PF"

SA3

SERIES “U”

LM20

LM40

LM40S

LM80

LB4B

LBT5

LB8

LB16

LB16S

LB32

LB1-20

LPM2010

MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR FLASKS, PIPETTES AND TEST TUBES Stainless steel carrier for washing flasks, pipettes and test tubes. Suitable for washing10 pipettes up to 55 cm + 20 narrow-necked glass items + ¼ free space to be filled with a CP series test tube basket. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LPM2020

LR4

LT20

LPV40

LPT100

KP100

LB40

BUTYROMETER WASHING CARRIER Stainless steel carrier for butyrometer washing. Suitable for washing 40 butyrometers. Specify the type of butyrometer in the order. Positioned on the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2854" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页>仪器>洗瓶机[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW3060可用作一或两层的洗涤层清洗各种各样的物件.标准洗涤内腔尺寸530x510x620 mm (内腔容量:168L).可用作清洗,消毒和干燥.(温度至95°C)[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="268"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

规格

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW3060BX" tab_id="GW3060BX"][vc_column_text]

GW3060BX (目录号: 860141)

洗涤温度高至95°C抗菌热消毒
程序:20个预设+10个自定义
3个可编程微处理电子控制器
RS232接口,连接打印机或者电脑
128×64像素屏幕显示信息
主动热力干燥
碱性洗涤粉剂分配器
酸性中和剂蠕动泵
可安装最多3个附加蠕动泵
AISI316不锈钢洗涤内腔
AISI304不锈钢外壳
2层独立洗涤层,带伸缩导轨
外部尺寸LxDxH:600x640x850mm
内腔尺寸LxDxH:525x490x570mm
软水器含盐传感器
冷水,热水和软化水连接
电子门锁系统,保障用户安全
电源:3/N/PE400V50Hz7kW最大(可转换为1/N/PE230V)
60Hz版本可选
没有洗涤推车

其他可能的配置

GW3060BXA (目录号: 860699)

GW3060BX标准规格
增压泵,用于没有压力软化水

GW3060BXC (目录号: 860241)

GW3060BX标准规格
高效蒸汽冷凝器,冷水接入

GW3060BXCA (目录号: 860700)

GW3060BX标准规格
高效蒸汽冷凝器,冷水接入
增压泵,用于没有压力软化水

可选配件

ADU - 通用液体添加剂蠕动泵
B6040L - 不锈钢底座带锁,用于60cm宽机器
IC5090 - 电导率传感器检查洗涤质量
IRCP - 吊顶喷洒臂
PAD - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
PAD2 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
PAD2-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
PAD2X - 不锈钢增压泵用于没有压力软水
PAD2X-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水,60Hz
T6040 - 不锈钢框架用于60cm宽机器
TOP45I - 嵌入式安装顶盖, 60cm
WD-LAN60 - 数据通信卡
WD-LS3060 - 洗涤剂液位传感器
WD-PRINTE - 外置打印机
WDTRACE - 远程控制与可追溯软件
WD-VDS - 双排水阀

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW3060S" tab_id="GW3060S"][vc_column_text]

GW3060S (目录号: 860189)

洗涤温度高至95°C - 抗菌热消毒
程序: 20个预设 + 10个自定义
3个可编程微处理电子控制器
RS232接口,连接打印机或者电脑
128×64像素屏幕显示信息
主动热力干燥
液体洗涤剂蠕动泵
酸性中和剂蠕动泵
可安装最多2个附加蠕动泵
AISI 316不锈钢洗涤内腔
AISI 304不锈钢外壳
2层独立洗涤层,带伸缩导轨
外部尺寸 LxDxH: 600 x 640 x 850mm
内腔尺寸 LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570mm
软水器含盐传感器
冷水,热水和软化水连接
电子门锁系统,保障用户安全
电源: 3/N/PE 400V - 50Hz - 7kW 最大(可转换为1/N/PE 230V)
60Hz版本可选
没有洗涤推车

其他可能的配置

GW3060P (目录号: 860190)

GW3060S标准规格
碱性液体蠕动泵
消泡剂蠕动泵
石油类洗涤套件

GW3060PA (目录号: 860701)

GW3060S标准规格
碱性液体蠕动泵
消泡剂蠕动泵
增压泵,用于没有压力软化水
石油类洗涤套件

GW3060SA (目录号: 860702)

GW3060S标准规格
增压泵,用于没有压力软化水

GW3060SC (目录号: 860210)

GW3060S标准规格
高效蒸汽冷凝器,冷水接入

GW3060SCA (目录号: 860703)

GW3060S标准规格
高效蒸汽冷凝器,冷水接入
增压泵,用于没有压力软化水

可选配件

ADU - 通用液体添加剂蠕动泵
B6040L - 不锈钢底座带锁,用于60cm宽机器
IC5090 - 电导率传感器检查洗涤质量
IRCP - 吊顶喷洒臂
PAD - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
PAD2 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水
PAD2-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水,60Hz
PAD2X - 不锈钢增压泵用于没有压力软水
PAD2X-60 - 增压泵用于没有压力软水,60Hz
T6040 - 不锈钢框架用于60cm宽机器
TOP60I - 嵌入式安装顶盖, 60cm
WD-LANE - 数据通信卡
WD-LS3060 - 洗涤剂液位传感器
WD-PRINTE - 外置打印机
WDTRACE - 远程控制与可追溯软件
WD-VDS - 双排水阀

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Common Use Trolleys, Baskests and Racks - GW3060 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LM40 WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE TILL 49 CM IN HEIGHT CP192 WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES TILL 192MM IN HEIGHT LM80 二层烧瓶洗涤推车,有68个U4140(140mm高)喷嘴,高度225mm LPM2020 MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES (MAX. 550MM IN HEIGHT), NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARES UPTO MAX. 490MM IN HEIGHT [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LBT5 INJECTION WASHING SOLUTION FOR BOTTLES UP TO 5L. DIAM.MAX. 180X500H MM, NECK DIAM. MAX 80MM. CPB2 WASHING SOLUTION FOR WINE-TASTING GLASSES MAX. 240MM IN HEIGHT. SUITABLE FOR WASHING TILL 14 WINE-GLASSES. LPT100 WASHING SOLUTION FOR 100 PIPETTES UPTO 45CM IN HEIGHT LB16 WASHING SOLUTION FOR NARROW NECK BOTTLES (MAX 1000ML) AND GRADUATED MEASURING CYLINDERS (MAX 495MM) [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]Other Accessories, please refer to Accessories [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

GW3060 TECHNICAL FEATURES	All versions
Electronic control	3 microprocessors + 1 (optional communication card)
Standard programs stored	20
Customisable programs	10 (expandable to 50)
Backlit graphic LCD display	128 x 64 pixels
Clock and calendar	yes
Tank internal temperature	from room temperature to 95°C
Accuracy	0,1°C
Temperature sensors in tank	n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
Detergent and agents dosing system	max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 3 other pumps as optional
Detergent level sensor	optional
Safety lock	yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
Safety devices	safety thermostats, door interlock
Alarm display	80
Troubleshooting menu	yes, using PC connection
Program editing	yes, using customizable programs
Display languages	Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish, Turkish and Polish
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
External sensor duct	optional
Waste water separation solenoid valve control	optional
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs	yes
RS232 serial port for PC connection	yes
RS232 serial port for printer	yes
Cycle storage	yes
Cycle file download	yes
WATER SUPPLY
(PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
Cold water inlet	yes, hardness max 42°f
Demineralized water inlet	yes, < 30 μS/cm
Demineralized water booster pump	optional
Water softener incorporated	yes
Recirculation pump	400 l/min
WATER HEATING
Electrical	6,3 kW
STEAM CONDENSER	optional
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
Outside (with built-in top)	600x640x850 (830)
Inside (gross)	530x510x620
Net weight (Kg)	86
STAINLESS STEEL
Wash tank	AISI 316L
Exterior covering	AISI 304
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
Max. voltage/power	3/N/PE 400V ~ 50Hz 7,0 kW
NOISE LEVEL	max 50 dB

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]回到规格[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

Smeg Professional line GW4090 90cm w/drying system glassware washer

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Professional Line>GW4090[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW4090 is a glassware washer designed to work from one to two independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 530x510x620mm (168L gross). Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter. Integrated compartment for the detergents.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2666" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Specifications and Technical Features

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW4090" tab_id="GW4090"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW4090 (art. 860139)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 20 default + 10 custom
n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% dop
peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 2 x 5 liters tanks or 4 x 2 liters tanks of capacity
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 640 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
60 Hz version available
without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW4090A (art. 860236)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

standard equipment
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

GW4090C (art. 860191)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser with cold water injection

GW4090CA (art. 860709)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

standard equipment
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
TOP90I - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
WD-LANI - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS5090 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2666" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW4090BXC" tab_id="GW4090BXC"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW4090BXC (art. 860314)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM AND STEAM CONDENSER

washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 20 default + 10 custom
n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
high efficiency steam condenser Ecoslim, with cold water injection
alkaline powder detergent dispenser
peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
possibility of installing up to 3 additional peristaltic pumps
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 2 x 5 liters tanks or 4 x 2 liters tanks of capacity
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 640 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
60 Hz version available
without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW4090BXCA (art. 860708)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM AND STEAM CONDENSER

standard equipment
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
TOP90I - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
WD-LANI - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS5090 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2762" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW4090P" tab_id="GW4090P"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW4090P (art. 860634)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM

washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 20 default + 10 custom
n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% dop
peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
peristaltic pump for caustic soda solution
peristaltic pump for anti-foam additive
possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 2 x 5 liters tanks or 4 x 2 liters tanks of capacity
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 640 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
60 Hz version available
spare parts kit for petrol
without trolleys

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW4090PA (art. 860710)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER

standard equipment
booster pump for non-pressure demineralized water

Machine optionals

ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
TOP90I - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
WD-LANI - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS5090 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2763" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW4090BXP" tab_id="GW4090BXP"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW4090BXP (art. 860637)

LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER WITH DRYING SYSTEM AND STEAM CONDENSER

washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 20 default + 10 custom
n. 3 microprocessors programmable electronic control
serial port RS232 for connection to external printer or PC
128 x 64 pixel graphics display for different languages messages
forced hot air drying system with air filter 98% DOP
alkaline powder detergent dispenser
peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
peristaltic pump for caustic soda solution
peristaltic pump for anti-foam additive
washing chamber and internal door in AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel 2 x 5 liters tanks or 4 x 2 liters tanks of capacity
n. 2 independent washing levels through telescopic guides
external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 640 x 850 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 525 x 490 x 570 mm
incorporated water softener with salt sensor
cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
electronic door lock system for user safety
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 7 kW max (switchable to single-phase 230 V)
60 Hz version available
spare parts kit for petrol
without trolleys

Machine optionals

ADU - UNIVERSAL PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
B9040L - STAINLESS STEEL PLINTH FOR 90 CM MACHINES WITH LOCK
IC5090 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
IRCP - CEILING SPRAY ARM
PAD - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
T9040 - STAINLESS STEEL FRAME FOR 90 CM MACHINES
TOP90I - BUILT-IN TOP 90 CM
WD-LANI - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS5090 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTE - EXTERNAL PRINTER
WDTRACE - REMOTE CONTROL AND TRACEABILITY SOFTWARE
WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2764" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

GW4090 TECHNICAL FEATURES	All versions
Electronic control	3 microprocessors + 1 (optional communication card)
Standard programs stored	20
Customisable programs	10 (expandable to 50)
Backlit graphic LCD display	128 x 64 pixels
Clock and calendar	yes
Tank internal temperature	from room temperature to 95°C
Accuracy	0,1°C
Temperature sensors in tank	n° 1 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
Detergent and agents dosing system	max. 1 powder dispenser,1 pump for neutralizing agent and 3 other pumps as optional
Detergent level sensor	optional
Safety lock	yes, with electromagnetic release and automatic opening
Safety devices	safety thermostats, door interlock
Alarm display	80
Troubleshooting menu	yes, using PC connection
Program editing	yes, using customizable programs
Display languages	Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish, Turkish and Polish
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
External sensor duct	optional
Waste water separation solenoid	optional
valve control	yes
Storage of data for 250 most recently run programs	yes
RS232 serial port for PC connection	yes
RS232 serial port for printer	yes
Cycle storage	yes
DRYING SYSTEM
Drying fan	yes
Drying heating element	2,5 kW
Prefilter class C 98%	yes
HEPA filter class S 99,999%	optional
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
Cold water inlet	yes, hardness max 42°f
Demineralized water inlet	yes, < 30 μS/cm
Demineralized water booster pump	optional
Water softener incorporated	yes
Recirculation pump	400 l/min
WATER HEATING
Electrical	6,3 kW
STEAM CONDENSER	optional
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
Outside (with built-in top)	900x640x850 (830)
Inside (gross)	530x510x620
Net weight (Kg)	110
STAINLESS STEEL
Wash tank	AISI 316L
Exterior covering	AISI 304
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
Max. voltage/power	3/N/PE 400V ~ 50Hz 7,0 kW
NOISE LEVEL	max 50 dB

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Possible Washing Configuration - GW4090 Series

Accessories - GW4090 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestions"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LPM2010DS MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR TEST TUBES,PIPETTES AND NARROW-NECKED GLASSWARE -20 +10 POSITIONS

PB1000 WASHING SOLUTION FOR 16 BOTTLES WITH A LARGE SIZE NECK – MAX CAPACITY 1000ML

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]LR4DS WASHING SOLUTION FOR REACTORS OF MAX 3

SB30 WASHING SOLUTION FOR MAX 30 BEAKERS, BEUTE UP TO 500ML AND CYLINDERS

CS1-1

UPPER LEVEL BASKET Basic upper basket with sprayer. Suitable for glassware treatment.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CS2

LOWER LEVEL BASKET

Basic lower basket. Suitable for glassware treatment.

SB9

SB15

SB28

SB30

CSK1

CSK2

SERIES “CP”

PB50

PB500

PB1000

PV105

SL6

SL9

SL18

SERIES "PD"

SERIES "PF"

SA3

SERIES “U”

SPIGOTS OF DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS Injection spigots available in the following versions: - spigot for 6% and 12% butyrometers - Nylon spigot for pipettes - Spigots for glassware with the following heights: 90, 110, 140, 160, 180, 220, 240, 260 mm. Suitable as spare parts on carriers already in use or to equip customizable carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Injection carrier for narrow neck glassware" tab_id="injection_a"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2651" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM20DS

LM40DS

LM40SDS

LM80DS

LB4BDS

LBT5DS

LB8DS

LB16DS

LB16SDS

LB32DS

LB1-20DS

LPM2010DS

LPM2020DS

LR4DS

LT20DS

LPV40DS

LPT100DS

KP100DS

TAPERED AND CYLINDRICAL TEST TUBE CARRIER Stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing of tapered and cylindrical test tubes by internal injection. It has a maximum capacity of 100 test tubes. Positioned on the upper washing level. KP200DS (not shown in the photo): same carrier on two washing levels with a maximum capacity of 200 test tubes.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LB40DS

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Smeg Professional line GW6290 large dimension glassware washers

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Large Capacity>GW6290[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW6290 is a glassware washer designed to work from one to three independent and flexible washing levels. The washing chamber measures 680x670x1020mm (465L gross). Integrated compartment for the detergents. Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2672" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Specifications and Technical Features

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW6290" tab_id="GW6290"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW6290 (art. 860682)

LARGE CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (405 LITRES)

washing up to 95°C - antibacterical thermal disinfection
programs: 20 default + 20 custom
multi-language TFT colour touch screen
functioning protected by different levels password
USB port for downloading washing cycles log
peristaltic pump for liquid detergent
peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer
possibility of installing up to 5 additional peristaltic pumps
washing chamber and internal door made of AISI 316L stainless steel
all internal piping made of AISI 304 stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
detergent cabinet made of AISI 304 stainless steel for 4 x 5 liters cans
washing up to 3 levels
external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 800 x 1940 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 680 x 670 x 890 mm
n. 2 independent washing pumps
high efficiency drain pump
built-in boiler for fast cycles preheating water
cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
double electronic door lock system for user safety
emergency opening system
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 18 kW max
60 Hz version available
without trolley

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW6290DS (art. 860683)

LARGE CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (405 LITRES)

standard equipment
n. 2 motors forced hot air drying system

Machine optionals

IC6010 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
P36090B - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
P46090B - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
PAD2 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X-60 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER - 60 HZ
WD-FLUX - FLOW METER FOR ADDITIONALS PERISTALTIC PUMPS
WD-LAN60 - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS3060 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTEINK - EXTERNAL IMPACT PRINTER
WD-PRINTP6010 - CLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
WD-PRINTS6010 - UNCLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
WD-VDS - DUAL DRAIN VALVE

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2672" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

GW6290 TECHNICAL FEATURES	All versions
Electronic control	microprocessor
Standard programs stored	20
Customisable programs	20
Display	touch screen graphic display TFT color (4.3’’with capacitive sensing)
Clock and calendar	yes
Tank internal temperature	from room temperature to 95°C
Accuracy	0,1°C
Temperature sensors in tank	n° 2 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
Detergent and agents dosing system	max. n° 5, 2 installed pumps
Detergent level sensor	optional, max n° 5
Safety lock	yes
Water heating	electrical – 18kW
Steam connection	no
Steam condenser	no
Alarm display	yes, acoustic and visible
Troubleshooting menu	yes
Program editing	yes, using customizable programs
Display languages	Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
External sensor duct	no
Traceability	storage of data for 100 most recently run programs
RS232 serial port	yes
Cycle file download	yes
Cycle storage	yes
LAN connection	optional
Dirty/clean side printer	optional
Interior lights	optional
Water quality control(conductivity sensor)	optional
Sprayers speed control
(heaven and background)	no
Automatic recognition cart	no
Pressure sensor circuit washing	optional
DRYING SYSTEM
Drying fan	yes, n° 2 dryers - 220 m3 /h
Drying heating element	yes
Prefilter class C 98%	yes
HEPA filter class S 99,999%	optional
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
Cold water inlet	yes, hardness max 42°f
Hot water inlet	yes, hardness max 10°f, max t 60°C
Demineralized water inlet	yes, < 30 μS/cm / 5 -8 ph, t max 60°C
Cold water booster pump	yes
Demineralized water booster pump	no
External water softner	outside, optional
Recirculation pump	n° 2 pumps of 600 l/min
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
Outside (with built-in top)	900 x 800 x 1940mm - drop down door
Inside (gross)	670 x 650 x 835mm
Net weight (Kg)	280
STAINLESS STEEL
Wash tank	AISI 316L
Exterior covering	AISI 304
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
Max. voltage/power	3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 18 kW
NOISE LEVEL	Max 66 dB

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Possible Washing Configuration – GW6290 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2856" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE INJECTION LEVEL This configuration has one washing level suitable for washing glassware of large dimensions Photo: C61 with injection insert L685 (76 spigots available) [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO INJECTION LEVELS This configuration has two injection washing level suitable for washing glassware of small and medium dimensions. Photo: Level 1: C61 basic trolley with L680 direct injection system. Maximum useful height 260 mm, 76 spigots. Level 2: C63 telescopic support with L685 direct injection system. Maximum useful height 440 mm, 76 spigots. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2857" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]

	DIRECT INJECTION SYSTEMS	MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF GLASSWARE (mm)				ROTATING SPRAYER SYSTEM	MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF GLASSWARE(mm)
3°LEVEL	C63_L690 Telescopic base injection system	130	390	130	720	C62 Telescopic base with rotating sprayer	95	360	95	790
2°LEVEL	C63_L680 Telescopic base injection system	180	390	510		C62 Telescopic base with rotating sprayer	170	360	640
1°LEVEL	C61_L685 Telescopic base injection system	220	220	510		C61 Telescopic base with rotating sprayer at the bottom of the wash tank	390	340	640

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Accessories - GW6290 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="suggestion"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]L680 INJECTION WASHING SOLUTION UP TO 76 MEDIUM AND SMALL GLASSWARE

C65-I INJECTION WASHING SOLUTION FOR 9 BOTTLES (LARGE SIZE)

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]L685CIL WASHING SOLUTION FOR MAX 12 GRADUATED MEASURING CYLINDERS FROM 500ML TO 2000ML

LP6 SOLUZIONE DI LAVAGGIO PER 100 PIPETTE DI ALTEZZA MASSIMA DI 450MM

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Carriers" tab_id="Carriers"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2858" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

C61

1ST LEVEL BASIC CARRIER Stainless steel first level basic carrier with grid. It is suitable for positioning various glassware up 790mm in height. The C61 basic carrier is also used to position the injection systems (L685/L680/L690) on level 1. The injector inserts are inserted into the guide rails of the C61: in this case, the maximum height of glass items must be 720mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

C62

2ND AND 3RD LEVEL BASIC CARRIER Stainless steel second and third level basic carrier with rotating sprayer. It is used on its own and is suitable for positioning glassware up to 360mm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2859" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2860" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

C63

2ND AND 3RD LEVEL BASIC CARRIER Telescopic carrier for injection systems. The support is used to position the injection systems on levels 2 and 3. Suitable for positioning injection inserts (L680/685/690) directly in turn into the guide rails. Its flexibility allows the injection systems to be completely removed to simplify loading the glassware. Glass items max height 390mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

C64

DRUM BASIC CARRIER – 1ST LEVEL Stainless steel carrier to be positioned on the 1st level. With direct injection through specific nozzles. Suitable for washing drums with heights up to 530 mm and diameters up to 30 mm. Maximum useful height 835 mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2861" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2673" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

L680

UNIVERSAL GLASSWARE INSERT Injection stainless steel insert for washing a max of 76 small and medium glass items. Spigots at the same height of 140 mm. Preferential use of the insert on the 1st or 2nd level over the specific carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

L685

UNIVERSAL GLASSWARE INSERT Injection stainless steel insert for washing a max of 76 small and medium glass items. Spigots of differing heights make it possible to optimise loading of different sized glassware. This spigot configuration allows the system to be used on the 1st or 2nd level over the specific carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2863" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2864" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

L690

UNIVERSAL GLASSWARE INSERT Injection stainless steel insert for washing a max of 86 small glass items. Spigots at the same height of 110 mm. Preferential use of the insert on the 1ST, 2nd, 3rd level over the specific carriers.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LP6

PIPETTES WASHING INSERT Suitable for washing pipettes with max in height 450mm and 8.5mm as maximum diameter. It easily hooks into the hydraulic grip positioned on L680 and L685.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2676" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2674" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

C65-I

MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR BIG DIMENSIONS GLASSWARES Injection stainless steel carrier for big dimensions glass items with drying system connection. Suitable for washing 9 bottles with max dimensions: diam. 175mm and in height 285 mm. Positioned on the lower level. C65S (not shown in the photo): same carrier for the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

C636-I

MIXED INJECTION CARRIER FOR BOTTLES Injection stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing max 36 narrow or wide-necked bottles of 250-1000 ml (max. diam. 90 mm, h 285mm).Positioned on the lower level. C636S (not shown in the photo): same carrier for the upper level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2867" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2868" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LM6-10U

DRUM INJECTION CARRIER Injection stainless steel carrier with drying system connection for washing 5 drum max. of different dimensions. The customer can customize the carrier thanks to the spigots of variable in height and the repositionable rails.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

L685CIL

INJECTION CARRIER FOR CYLINDERS Injection stainless steel carrier for washing 12 graduated cylinders max from 500ml to 2000ml. Positioned on the lower level. L690CIL (not shown in the photo): Suitable for washing a max of 36 graduated cylinders from 300ml to 700ml. Positioned on the lower level.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2675" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Smeg Professional line GW6010 drop down glass door glassware washers

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Large Capacity>GW6010[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW6010 is a glassware washer designed to work with one to five independent and flexible washing levels. Drop down door in glass. The washing chamber measures 550 x 620 x 685mm. Integrated compartment for the detergents. Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2774" img_size="full"][vc_column_text]Photo: GW6010M [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Specifications and Technical Features

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW6010 Double doors" tab_id="GW6010"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW6010 (art. 860512)

LARGE CAPACITY DOUBLE DOOR LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

washing up to 95°C - antibacterial thermal disinfection
capacity up to 5 adjustable levels
programs: 20 default + 20 custom
multi-language TFT colour touch screen on both sides
functioning protected by different levels password
integrated built-in panel printer (optional)
USB port for downloading washing cycles log
ethernet port for LAN connection (optional)
n. 2 drop down full glass door
door locked for safety
high pressure hot air drying system
high efficiency Ecoslim steam condenser (optional)
peristaltic pump for liquid detergent and level sensor
peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer and level sensor
possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
detergent cabinet with removable tray for storing up to 3 x 5 liters cans + 1 x 1 liter can
washing chamber made of AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
external dimensions LxDxH: 650 x 720 x 1950 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 550 x 620 x 685 mm
cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
floor drain connection
drain pump (optional)
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 13 kW max
60 Hz version available
without racks

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW6010T (art. 860595)

LARGE CAPACITY DOUBLE DOOR LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

standard equipment
equipped with FAST cycles (max. 33 minutes)

Machine optionals

AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
DRAINP6010 - DRAIN PUMP FOR WALL DRAIN
IC6010 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
LED6010 - LED LIGHTING FOR WASHING CHAMBER
P36010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
P46010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
PAD26010 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X6010 - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
RACKREC60 - WASHING TROLLEY RECOGNITION SYSTEM
STEAMCO60 - ECOSLIM STEAM CONDENSER
STEAMFEED60 - HYBRID STEAM HEATING
WD-FLUX6010 - DETERGENT DOSAGE CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
WD-LAN60 - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS6010 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTEINK - EXTERNAL IMPACT PRINTER
WD-PRINTP6010 - CLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
WD-PRINTS6010 - UNCLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
WD-VDS6010 - DUAL DRAIN VALVE

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2774" img_size="300x300"][vc_column_text]Photo: GW6010M [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW6010M Single door" tab_id="GW6010M"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW6010M (art. 860507)

LARGE CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

washing up to 95°C - antibacterial thermal disinfection
capacity up to 5 adjustable levels
programs: 20 default + 20 custom
multi-language TFT colour touch screen
functioning protected by different levels password
integrated built-in panel printer (optional)
USB port for downloading washing cycles log
ehernet port for LAN connection (optional)
drop down full glass door
door locked for safety
high pressure hot air drying system
high efficiency Ecoslim steam condenser (optional)
peristaltic pump for liquid detergent and level sensor
peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer and level sensor
possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
detergent cabinet with removable tray for storing up to 3 x 5 liters cans + 1 x 1 liter can
washing chamber made of AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
external dimensions LxDxH: 650 x 720 x 1950 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 550 x 620 x 685 mm
cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
floor drain connection
drain pump (optional)
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 13 kW max
60 Hz version available
without racks

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW6010TM (art. 860596)

LAREG CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

standard equipment
equipped with FAST cycles (max. 33 minutes)

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2774" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

GW6010 TECHNICAL FEATURES	All versions
Electronic control	microprocessor
Standard programs stored	20
Customisable programs	20
Display	touch screen graphic display TFT color (4.3’’with capacitive sensing)
Clock and calendar	yes
Tank internal temperature	from room temperature to 95°C
Accuracy	0,1°C
Temperature sensors in tank	n° 2 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
Detergent and agents dosing system	max. n° 4, 2 installed pumps
Detergent level sensor	optional, max n° 4
Safety lock	yes
Water heating	electrical – 12kW
Steam connection	optional
Steam condenser	optional
Alarm display	yes, acoustic and visible
Troubleshooting menu	yes
Program editing	yes, using customizable programs
Display languages	Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
External sensor duct	optional
Traceability	storage of data for 100 most recently run programs
RS232 serial port	yes
Cycle file download	yes
Cycle storage	yes
LAN connection	optional
Dirty/clean side printer	optional
Interior lights	optional
Water quality control(conductivity sensor)	optional
Sprayers speed control
(heaven and background)	optional
Automatic recognition cart	optional
Pressure sensor circuit washing	optional
DRYING SYSTEM
Drying fan	yes, 220 m3 /h
Drying heating element	yes
Prefilter class C 98%	yes
HEPA filter class S 99,999%	optional
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
Cold water inlet	yes, hardness max 42°f
Hot water inlet	yes, hardness max 10°f, max t 60°C
Demineralized water inlet	yes, < 30 μS/cm / 5 -8 ph, t max 60°C
Cold water booster pump	optional
Demineralized water booster pump	optional
External water softner	outside, optional
Recirculation pump	600 l/min
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
Outside (with built-in top)	900 x 800 x 1940mm - drop down door
Inside (gross)	550x 620x 685mm
Net weight (Kg)	280
STAINLESS STEEL
Wash tank	AISI 316L
Exterior covering	AISI 304
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
Max. voltage/power	3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 12 kW
NOISE LEVEL	< 66 dB

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

POSSIBLE WASHING CONFIGURATION GW6010 SERIES

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

Some of the possibilities of washing on multiple levels with injection inserts
Insert code	Nozzle height	Simultaneous positioning on multiple levels	Compatibility systems
INS56U390	90 mm	3 levels: 1°AB + 2°CD, 3°E-TOP	1° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U4140
INS56U4140	140 mm	3 levels: 1°AB + 2°BD+ 3°D-TOP	2° 3° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U390
INS56U4180	180 mm	2 levels: 1°AC +2°C-TOP	2° level interchangeable with the inserts INS56U4140 or INS56U390
INS28U6260	260 mm	2 levels: 1°A + 2°C	2° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U4180

[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]TWO MIXED LEVELS: In the configuration of CLB510 there are two washing levels, with and without injection, suitable for positioning medium and small glassware. Level 1: Basic mesh with CP222 supports for test tubes and SB50 supports for flasks and beakers. Level 2: INS56U4180 insert for injection washing of various glassware. Nozzles with maximum height 180mm.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2873" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2874" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]ONE MIXED LEVEL: One-level configuration of LCB610. This may vary depending on the manifolds inserted. In the photo: in the foreground, COBE63 collector suitable for positioning up to 69 flasks of max. In the background, collector COCI42, for washing large cylinders. The user can modify the collector according to the glass items to be washed, ensuring maximum flexibility.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Accessories - GW6010 Series

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Suggestion" tab_id="Suggestion"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]CLB510 CUSTOMIZABLE WASHING SOLUTION UP TO 5 LEVELS. MODULES TO BE CHOSEN BY THE CUSTOMER

INSLP28U4140 MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR PIPETTES (MAX 70 POSITIONS) AND DIFFERENT GLASSWARE.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/2"][vc_column_text]INS56U4140 56 POSITIONS UNIVERSAL MODULE WITH VARIOUS PLASTIC SUPPORTS TO BE PLACED FOLLOWING THE HEIGHT OF THE GLASSWARE.

DIS-WD6010 TROLLEY FOR ERGONOMICALLY LOADING AND UNLOADING GLASSWARE WASHER.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Carriers" tab_id="Carriers"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2801" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CLB210

MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER Multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of two inserts (not included) chosen by the customer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CLB310

MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER Multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of three inserts (not included) chosen by the customer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2876" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2794" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CLB510

MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER Multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of five inserts (not included) chosen by the customer.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

LCB610

MULTIFUNCTIONAL BASIC CARRIER One level multifunctional basic carrier to insert a maximum of two collectors (one any ½ surface). Suitable for different big dimensions glass items. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2800" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2882" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

INSLP28U4140

MIXED INJECTION INSERT Injection insert specifically for glassware washing thanks to 28 nozzles measuring 140 mm and pipettes (max. 70), through a special manifold with 70 positions. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

INS12U4180DV

INJECTION INSERT WITH PARTITIONS Injection insert with 12 adjustable partitions and perimeter frame for better glassware positioning. Suitable for washing 12 bottles of max. 1L or 6L 2L flasks. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers. INS12U4180 (not shown in the photo): same insert without partitions and perimeter frame.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2879" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2880" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

INS20U4180DV

INJECTION INSERT WITH PARTITIONS Injection insert with 20 adjustable partitions and perimeter frame for better glassware positioning. Suitable for washing 20 bottles of max. 1L. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers. INS20U4180 (not shown in the photo): same insert without partitions and perimeter frame.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

INS56U4140

INJECTION INSERT Injection insert with 56 positions for small-medium dimensions glassware. Furnished with 56 spigots of 140mm in height with two dimensions plastic support for a better lodge of the items. To be placed on the “CLB” series carriers. INS56U4180 (not shown in the photo): same insert with spigots of 180mm in height. INS56U390 (not shown in the photo): same insert with spigots of 90mm in height.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2796" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2887" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

INSPLAV10

WASHING INSERT Washing level for “CLB” series carriers. Spraying arm included. Suitable to lodge different inserts and glass items.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

COCI42

COLLECTOR FOR GRADUATED CYLINDERS OF LARGE DIMENSIONS Collector for washing 4 graduated cylinders from 500 ml up to 2000 ml. Suitable for positioning on half the trolley LCB610.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2802" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2885" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

COBE63

COLLECTOR FOR FLASKS Collector for washing 6 flasks of up to 2 litres (max. diameter: 140 mm) or three 6-litre flasks (max. diameter 188 mm). Fitted with 6 nozzles and plastic supports in two sizes for optimal glassware positioning. Suitable for positioning on half the trolley LCB610.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

SB50

INSERT FOR FLASKS AND BEAKERS Insert for flasks and beakers up to 250ml max. Suitable for positioning on half INSPLAV10.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2884" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Smeg Professional line GW7010 sliding down glass door glassware washer

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Large Capacity>GW7010[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW7010 is a glassware washer designed to work with one to five independent and flexible washing levels. External sliding door in glass. The washing chamber measures 550 x 620 x 685mm. Integrated compartment for the detergents. Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2773" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Specifications and Technical Features

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW7010 Double doors" tab_id="GW7010"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

GW7010 (art. 860599)

LAREG CAPACITY DOUBLE SLIDING DOOR LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

washing up to 95°C - antibacterial thermal disinfection
capacity up to 5 adjustable levels
programs: 20 default + 20 custom
multi-language TFT colour touch screen on both sides
functioning protected by different levels password
integrated built-in panel printer (optional)
USB port for downloading washing cycles log
ethernet port for LAN connection (optional)
n. 2 sliding down full glass door
door locked for safety
high pressure hot air drying system
high efficiency Ecoslim steam condenser (optional)
peristaltic pump for liquid detergent and level sensor
peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer and level sensor
possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
detergent cabinet with removable tray for storing up to 3 x 5 liters cans + 1 x 1 liter can
washing chamber made of AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
external dimensions LxDxH: 780 x 800 x 1950 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 550 x 620 x 685 mm
cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
floor drain connection
drain pump (optional)
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 13 kW max
60 Hz version available
without racks

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW7010T (art. 860646)

LARGE CAPACITY DOUBLE SLIDING DOOR LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

standard equipment
equipped with FAST cycles (max. 33 minutes)

Machine optionals

AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
DRAINP6010 - DRAIN PUMP FOR WALL DRAIN
IC6010 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
LED6010 - LED LIGHTING FOR WASHING CHAMBER
P36010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
P46010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
PAD26010 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X6010 - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
RACKREC60 - WASHING TROLLEY RECOGNITION SYSTEM
STEAMCO60 - ECOSLIM STEAM CONDENSER
STEAMFEED70 - HYBRID STEAM HEATING
WD-FLUX6010 - DETERGENT DOSAGE CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
WD-LAN60 - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS6010 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTEINK - EXTERNAL IMPACT PRINTER
WD-PRINTP6010 - CLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
WD-PRINTS6010 - UNCLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
WD-VDS6010 - DUAL DRAIN VALVE

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2773" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="GW7010M Single door" tab_id="GW7010M"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

GW7010M (art. 860598)

LARGE CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

washing up to 95°C - antibacterial thermal disinfection
capacity up to 5 adjustable levels
programs: 20 default + 20 custom
multi-language TFT colour touch screen
functioning protected by different levels password
integrated built-in panel printer (optional)
USB port for downloading washing cycles log
ehernet port for LAN connection (optional)
sliding down full glass door
door locked for safety
high pressure hot air drying system
high efficiency Ecoslim steam condenser (optional)
peristaltic pump for liquid detergent and level sensor
peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer and level sensor
possibility of installing up to 2 additional peristaltic pumps
detergent cabinet with removable tray for storing up to 3 x 5 liters cans + 1 x 1 liter can
washing chamber made of AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
external dimensions LxDxH: 780 x 800 x 1950 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 550 x 620 x 685 mm
cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
floor drain connection
drain pump (optional)
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 13 kW max
60 Hz version available
without racks

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

GW7010TM (art. 860645)

LARGE CAPACITY LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (266 LT)

standard equipment
equipped with FAST cycles (max. 33 minutes)

Machine optionals

AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
DRAINP6010 - DRAIN PUMP FOR WALL DRAIN
IC6010 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
LED6010 - LED LIGHTING FOR WASHING CHAMBER
P36010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
P46010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
PAD26010 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X6010 - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
RACKREC60 - WASHING TROLLEY RECOGNITION SYSTEM
STEAMCO60 - ECOSLIM STEAM CONDENSER
STEAMFEED70 - HYBRID STEAM HEATING
WD-FLUX6010 - DETERGENT DOSAGE CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
WD-LAN60 - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS6010 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTEINK - EXTERNAL IMPACT PRINTER
WD-PRINTP6010 - CLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
WD-PRINTS6010 - UNCLEAN SIDE PANEL PRINTER
WD-VDS6010 - DUAL DRAIN VALVE

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2773" img_size="300x300"][vc_column_text]Photo: GW7010 [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

GW7010 TECHNICAL FEATURES	All versions
Electronic control	microprocessor
Standard programs stored	20
Customisable programs	20
Display	touch screen graphic display TFT color (4.3’’with capacitive sensing)
Clock and calendar	yes
Tank internal temperature	from room temperature to 95°C
Accuracy	0,1°C
Temperature sensors in tank	n° 2 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
Detergent and agents dosing system	max. n° 4, 2 installed pumps
Detergent level sensor	optional, max n° 4
Safety door block	yes
Water heating	electrical – 12kW
Steam connection	optional
Steam condenser	optional
Alarm display	yes, acoustic and visible
Troubleshooting menu	yes
Program editing	yes, using customizable programs
Display languages	Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
External sensor duct	optional
Traceability	storage of data for 100 most recently run programs
RS232 serial port	yes
Cycle file download	yes
Cycle storage	yes
LAN connection	optional
Dirty/clean side printer	optional
Interior lights	optional
Water quality control(conductivity sensor)	optional
Sprayers speed control
(heaven and background)	optional
Automatic recognition cart	optional
Pressure sensor circuit washing	optional
DRYING SYSTEM
Drying fan	yes, 220 m3 /h
Drying heating element	yes
Prefilter class C 98%	yes
HEPA filter class S 99,999%	optional
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
Cold water inlet	yes, hardness max 42°f
Hot water inlet	yes, hardness max 10°f, max t 60°C
Demineralized water inlet	yes, < 30 μS/cm / 5 -8 ph, t max 60°C
Cold water booster pump	optional
Demineralized water booster pump	optional
External water softner	outside, optional
Recirculation pump	600 l/min
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
Outside (with built-in top)	780x800x1950 mm - slide door
Inside (gross)	550 x 620 x 685 mm
Net weight (Kg)	300
STAINLESS STEEL
Wash tank	AISI 316L
Exterior covering	AISI 304
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
Max. voltage/power	3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 12 kW
NOISE LEVEL	Max 66 dB

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

POSSIBLE WASHING CONFIGURATION GW7010 SERIES

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

Some of the possibilities of washing on multiple levels with injection inserts
Insert code	Nozzle height	Simultaneous positioning on multiple levels	Compatibility systems
INS56U390	90 mm	3 levels: 1°AB + 2°CD, 3°E-TOP	1° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U4140
INS56U4140	140 mm	3 levels: 1°AB + 2°BD+ 3°D-TOP	2° 3° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U390
INS56U4180	180 mm	2 levels: 1°AC +2°C-TOP	2° level interchangeable with the inserts INS56U4140 or INS56U390
INS28U6260	260 mm	2 levels: 1°A + 2°C	2° level interchangeable with the insert INS56U4180

Accessories - GW7010 Series

INSLP28U4140 MIXED WASHING SOLUTION FOR PIPETTES (MAX 70 POSITIONS) AND DIFFERENT GLASSWARE.

DIS-WD6010 TROLLEY FOR ERGONOMICALLY LOADING AND UNLOADING GLASSWARE WASHER.

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Carriers" tab_id="Carriers"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2801" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

CLB210

CLB310

CLB510

LCB610

INSLP28U4140

INS12U4180DV

INS20U4180DV

INS56U4140

INSPLAV10

COCI42

COBE63

SB50

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Smeg Professional Line GW7015 Extra Large Capacity Glassware Washer

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>Euiqpment>Glassware Washer>Smeg Large Capacity>GW7015[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_column_text]GW7015 is a glassware washer designed to work from one to various levels for washing glassware of high dimensions. The washing chamber measures 626x812x820mm (417 l gross). Integrated compartment for the detergents. Possibility for washing, thermic and chemical disinfection (up to 95°C) and forced-air drying system with filter.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="1/2"][vc_single_image image="2776" img_size="full"][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Specifications and Technical Features

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="GW7015 Double sliding down glass door" tab_id="GW7015"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

GW7015 (art. 860681)

HIGH CAPACITY DOUBLE SLIDING DOOR LABORATORY GLASSWARE WASHER (348 LT)

washing up to 95°C - antibacterial thermal disinfection
capacity up to 6 adjustable levels
programs: 20 default + 20 custom
multi-language TFT colour touch screen on both sides
functioning protected by different levels password
integrated built-in panel printer (optional)
USB port for downloading washing cycles log
ethernet port for LAN connection (optional)
n. 2 sliding down full glass door
door locked for safety
high pressure hot air drying system
high efficiency Ecoslim steam condenser (optional)
peristaltic pump for liquid detergent and level sensor
peristaltic pump for liquid neutralizer and level sensor
possibility of installing up to 3 additional peristaltic pumps
detergent cabinet with removable tray for storing up to 4 cans of 5 liters and one of 2 liters
washing chamber made of AISI 316L stainless steel
external panels made of AISI 304 stainless steel
external dimensions LxDxH: 900 x 1000 x 1942 mm
internal working dimensions LxDxH: 626 x 812 x 685 mm
cold water, hot water and demineralized water connections
floor drain connection
drain pump (optional)
electrical connection: 3/N/PE 400 V - 50 Hz - 22 kW max
60 Hz version available
without racks

OTHER POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS

Machine optionals

AF4050 - ABSOLUTE HEPA FILTER
DRAINP7015 - DRAIN PUMP FOR WALL DRAIN
IC6010 - QUALITY WASHING CHECK CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
LED6010 - LED LIGHTING FOR WASHING CHAMBER
P36010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
P46010 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ANTIFOAM
P57015 - PERISTALTIC PUMP FOR LIQUID ADDITIVES
PAD26010 - BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
PAD2X6010 - ST. STEEL BOOSTER PUMP FOR NON-PRESSURE DEMINERALIZED WATER
STEAMCO15 - ECOSLIM STEAM CONDENSER
STEAMFEED15 - HYBRID STEAM HEATING FOR CHAMBER
WD-FLUX6010 - DETERGENT DOSAGE CONTROL FOR ADDITIONAL PERISTALTIC PUMPS
WD-LAN60 - DATA COMMUNICATION CARD
WD-LS6010 - DETERGENT LEVEL SENSOR
WD-PRINTEINK - EXTERNAL IMPACT PRINTER
WD-VDS6010 - DUAL DRAIN VALVE

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2776" img_size="full"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Features" tab_id="Features"][vc_column_text]

Technical Features

GW7015 TECHNICAL FEATURES	All versions
Electronic control	microprocessor
Standard programs stored	20
Customisable programs	20
Display	touch screen graphic display TFT color (4.3’’with capacitive sensing)
Clock and calendar	yes
Tank internal temperature	from room temperature to 95°C
Accuracy	0,1°C
Temperature sensors in tank	n° 2 x PT 1000 CLASS B IEC 60751
Detergent and agents dosing system	max. n° 5, 2 installed pumps
Detergent level sensor	optional, max n° 5
Safety door block	yes
Water heating	electrical – 20kW
Steam connection	optional
Steam condenser	optional
Alarm display	yes, acoustic and visible
Troubleshooting menu	yes
Program editing	yes, using customizable programs
Display languages	Italian, English, French, German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese
AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
External sensor duct	optional
Traceability	storage of data for 100 most recently run programs
RS232 serial port	yes
Cycle file download	yes
Cycle storage	yes
LAN connection	optional
Dirty/clean side printer	optional
Interior lights	optional
Water quality control(conductivity sensor)	optional
Sprayers speed control
(heaven and background)	optional
Automatic recognition cart	optional
Pressure sensor circuit washing	optional
DRYING SYSTEM
Drying fan	yes, 440 m3 /h
Drying heating element	yes
Prefilter class C 98%	yes
HEPA filter class S 99,999%	optional
WATER SUPPLY (PRESSURE 1,5-5 BAR)
Cold water inlet	yes, hardness max 42°f
Hot water inlet	yes, hardness max 10°f, max t 60°C
Demineralized water inlet	yes, < 30 μS/cm / 5 -8 ph, t max 60°C
Cold water booster pump	optional
Demineralized water booster pump	optional
External water softner	outside, optional
Recirculation pump	n°2 pumps of 600 l/min
DIMENSIONS LxDxH mm
Outside (with built-in top)	780x800x1950 mm - slide door
Inside (gross)	626x812x820mm
Net weight (Kg)	320
STAINLESS STEEL
Wash tank	AISI 316L
Exterior covering	AISI 304
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
Max. voltage/power	3/N/PE 400V - 50 Hz 20 kW
NOISE LEVEL	max 66 dB

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Washing Configuration and Accessories - GW7015 Series

Please contact us for details information.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Specifications[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Decon Detergents

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main>consumables>detergents[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Decon Laboratories Limited

With over 40 years experience in formulating and manufacturing surface active cleaning agents, Decon sets the standard for cleaning and decontamination around the world. Present their complete range of cleaning and disinfection agents, for laboratory, medical and industrial applications.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="2958" img_size="300x300" alignment="center"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/6"][vc_column_text]

The leading cleaning agent and radioactive decontaminant. Biodegradable, bactericidal, phosphate-free, non-flammable and totally rinsable, decon 90 provides the highest level of consistent and reliable cleaning and decontamination.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="2960" img_size="300x300" alignment="center"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/6"][vc_column_text]

A neutral pH cleaning agent, for safe cleaning and decontamination of sensitive materials which may be corroded, etched, degraded, discoloured or weakened by acid or alkali cleaning agents.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="2957" img_size="300x300" alignment="center"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/6"][vc_column_text]

A non-foaming liquid cleaning agent for use in all types of glassware washing machine.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="2956" img_size="300x300" alignment="center"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/6"][vc_column_text]

Acid rinse (neutraliser) and/or pre-wash (preliminary cleaner), for use in all types of glassware washing machine, in conjunction with main wash detergents.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/6"][vc_single_image image="2959" img_size="300x300" alignment="center"][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/6"][vc_column_text]

A non-foaming granular cleaning agent, for use in all types of glassware washing machine.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_column_text]

Details Information

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="decon 90" tab_id="decon90"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

decon 90

Properties : decon 90 is biodegradable bactericidal, non-flammable, and rinses away completely after use. decon 90 does NOT contain phosphates, enzymes, EDTA/NTA or chlorine bleaches. Formulation : An emulsion of highest quality anionic and non-ionic surface active agents, stabilising agents, alkalis, detergent builders and sequestering agents in an aqueous base. Supplied as a liquid concentrate, for dilution with water. Performance : decon 90 has successfully replaced the use of chromic acid mixtures in cleaning applications. Offering improved performance without the unacceptable hazards associated with the storage, handling, use and disposal of corrosive acids. decon 90 provides the ideal solution to the problems of achieving consistent and reliable cleaning/decontamination to the highest standard. Simple to use, economical and highly versatile, decon 90 is suitable for the most critical applications, combining remarkable cleaning and decontamination power with total rinsability and biodegradability. decon 90 sets the standard for cleaning around the world. It is used routinely in every major industry to achieve the optimum levels of cleaning/decontamination essential to modern sophisticated techniques. An essential aid to radioactive decontamination, decon 90 is widely used in establishments handling radioactive materials. Applications : Safe and effective for cleaning/decontaminating glassware, ceramics, plastics (not polycarbonate), rubbers, stainless steel and ferrous metals. (being alkaline, decon 90 is not suitable for use on non-ferrous metals, notably aluminium and zinc).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2958" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="decon neutracon" tab_id="neutracon"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

decon neutracon

decon neutracon is a neutral pH cleaning agent, for the safe and total cleaning and/or decontamination of materials which may be corroded, etched, degraded, discoloured or weakened by acidic or alkaline cleaning agents. Properties : Biodegradable, non-corrosive, non-flammable and totally rinsable. decon neutracon does NOT contain phosphates, enzymes, EDTA/NTA or chlorine bleaches. Formulation : A precise blend of highest quality anionic and non-ionic surface active agents in an aqueous polyhydric alcohol base, producing a neutral (pH7+/-) concentrate. Supplied as a viscous liquid for dilution with water. Performance : decon neutracon has been specifically formulated to provide an effective neutral cleaning agent with maximum cleaning/decontamination properties which is totally rinsable and biodegradable. The concentrate dilutes without precipitation and may be used in hard water areas without causing the deposition of calcium or magnesium, or the precipitation of iron. Working solutions remain active, do not lose strength after use and will not redeposit suspended soils. They are thermally stable and do not absorb carbon dioxide from the air. Oils and fats are solubilised without hydrolysis or degradation. Applications : decon neutracon is formulated for cleaning/decontaminating all non-ferrous metals, such as aluminium, zinc, copper, silver, brass etc., ‘soft’ glass, coated lenses, polymer surfaces and other sensitive materials which must not be cleaned by acids or alkalis. [/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2960" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="decon decomatic" tab_id="decomatic"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

decon decomatic

decon decomatic is a liquid cleaning agent for use in all makes of automatic glassware washing machine, that dispenses liquid detergent during the wash cycle, as a main alkali wash. May also be used as a pre-soak, prior to machine washing. Properties : Biodegradable, bactericidal non-foaming, non-flammable and totally rinsable. decon decomatic does NOT contain phosphates, enzymes, EDTA/NTA or chlorine bleaches. Formulation : A blend of highest quality amphoteric surface active agents, detergent builders, alkalis and sequestering agents in an aqueous base. Supplied as a liquid concentrate, for use in automatic glassware washing machines. Performance : decon decomatic has been specifically formulated to provide outstanding detergent and free-rinsing action for improved results from every type of automatic glassware washing machine designed to accept a main wash detergent in liquid form, with no adverse effect on the components of the machine itself. Effective against a broad range of contaminants, decon decomatic is very economical, providing exceptionally high performance cleaning, total rinsability and biodegradability. Applications : Safe and highly effective for cleaning/decontaminating glassware, ceramics, plastics (not polycarbonate), rubbers, stainless steel and ferrous metals. (being alkaline, decon decomatic is not suitable for use on non-ferrous metals, notably aluminium and zinc).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2957" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="decon acid rinse" tab_id="acidrinse"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

decon acid rinse

Acid rinse (neutraliser) and/or pre-wash (preliminary cleaner), for use in all types of automatic glassware washing machine, in conjunction with main wash detergents. Properties : Biodegradable, bactericidal non-foaming, non-flammable and totally rinsable. Formulation : A blend of highest quality aliphatic polycarboxylic acid, aliphatic alcohol and non-ionic surface active agent in an aqueous base. Supplied as a liquid concentrate, for use in automatic glassware washing machines. High grade ingredients selected for their non-foaming and free-rinsing characteristics, producing a product which is highly effective, totally rinsable, bactericidal and biodegradable. Performance : decon acid rinse improves the performance of automatic glassware washing machines by preventing the carry-over of traces of the main wash detergent, which may be alkaline or contain phosphates, and by inhibiting the deposition of lime salts from “hard” water supplies, on both the items being cleaned and the components of the automatic washing machine itself. Where contamination/soiling is acid soluble, a preliminary wash with decon acid rinse, using the pre-wash facility of the automatic washing machine, prior to the main alkali wash, is beneficial. Pre-wash is especially useful when cleaning apparatus contaminated with superficial greases, dried protein, iron hydroxide deposits etc. Applications : Safe and effective for cleaning/decontaminating glassware, ceramics, plastics, rubbers, stainless steel and ferrous metals. (being acidic, decon acid rinse is not suitable for use on non-ferrous metals, notably aluminium and zinc).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2956" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="dri-decon" tab_id="dri"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

dri-decon

dri-decon is a highly effective surface active cleaning agent, in granular form, for use in all types of automatic glassware washing machines that accept ‘powder’ detergents. For laboratory, medical and industrial applications. Properties : Biodegradable, non-flammable, non-foaming and totally rinsable. dri-decon does NOT contain enzymes, EDTA/NTA or chlorine bleaches. Formulation : A mixture of high grade surface active cleaning agents, alkalis, phosphate builders and sequestering agents in granular form. Supplied as a finely milled powder, for use in automatic glassware washing machines. A combination of powerful ingredients, selected for their non-foaming and free-rinsing characteristics combined with very high cleaning power to tackle the most tenacious contaminants. Performance : dri-decon is a highly effective cleaning / decontamination agent, specially formulated to give maximum performance with all types of automatic glassware washing machine, which use a main wash detergent in powder form. The potent cleaning action of dri-decon together with its solubility and free-rinsing characteristics ensures consistency and reliability of performance. dri-decon is safe and effective to use in all makes of automatic glassware washing machine, and has no adverse effect on the components of the machine itself. Used routinely, dri-decon is exceptionally economical and provides an ideal general purpose cleaning agent. Applications : Safe and effective for cleaning/decontaminating glassware, ceramics, plastics (not polycarbonate), rubbers, stainless steel and ferrous metals. (being alkaline, dri-decon is not suitable for use on non-ferrous metals, notably aluminium and zinc).[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_single_image image="2959" img_size="300x300"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Back to Your Location[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Related Products

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Decon Laboratories Limited

超过40年期间在配制和制造表面活性洗涤剂的经验,Decon设定了清洁和去污的环球标准. 全线洗涤剂和消毒产品介绍,适合实验室,医疗和工业应用.

Decon 90

领先的洗涤剂和放射性除染剂.可被生物分解,杀菌性能,无磷酸盐,不易燃和可完全冲洗,没有残渣,decon 90 提供最高水平的一致性和可靠性的清洁和去污.

neutracon

中性酸碱度洗涤剂,可用于敏感材料的安全清洁和去污,不会产生因使用酸性或碱性洗涤剂时可能发生的腐蚀,蚀刻,降解,变色或减弱现象.

decomatic

不起泡沫”液体”洗涤剂用于所有类型洗瓶机.

Dri-decon

不起泡沫”颗粒状”洗涤剂用于所有类型洗瓶机.

decon acid rinse

酸冲洗剂(中和剂)和/或者预先洗涤(初步清洗剂),用于所有类型洗瓶机,与主要洗涤剂关联使用.

详细产品信息

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Decon 90" tab_id="Decon90"][vc_column_text]

Decon 90

特性：decon 90 是可被生物分解,杀菌效能,不易燃和使用后可完全冲洗. decon 90 不含磷酸盐、酵素、EDTA/NTA 或者氯漂白剂. 配制:选用最优质的负离子和非离子表面活化剂,稳定剂,碱,洗涤助剂和隔离剂在水溶液中进行乳化.作为浓缩液体供应,用水稀释使用. 表现：decon 90 成功地替换了应用铬酸混合物清洁的应用.没有了不能接受的危险,如存贮,管理,使用和处置使用后的腐蚀酸性液体的问题. decon 90 为最高标准的一致性或可靠清洁/去污的问题提供了理想的解答. 使用简单,经济和多用性,decon 90 适用于最关键的应用,结合卓越的清洁和去污能力与完全可清洗性和生物可分解性. decon 90 设定了清洗的环球标准. 在每家大型企业为达到现代化精密技术必要的和最理想的清洁或去污条件的已经定期地使decon 90. 对放射性去污不可缺的助手, decon 90 被广泛用于处理放射性材料的企业. 应用：安全和有效,可用于清洁或净化玻璃器皿、陶瓷、塑料(不包括聚碳酸酯材料)、橡胶、不锈钢和亚铁金属.(由于是碱性, decon 90 不适用在非铁金属，特别是铝和锌).[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="neutracon" tab_id="neutracon"][vc_column_text]

neutracon

中性酸碱度洗涤剂,可安全地使用,不会产生因使用酸性或碱性洗涤剂时.可能发生的腐蚀,蚀刻,降解,变色或减弱现象. 特性：可被生物分解的,无腐蚀性,不易燃和完全可冲洗. decon neutracon 不包含磷酸盐、酵素、EDTA/NTA 或者氯漂白剂 配制: 选用最优质的负离子和非离子表面活化剂精确混合在一个含水多羟的酒精基础液,产生中性(pH7+/-)浓缩液. 作为黏性液体供应,用水稀释使用. 表现：decon neutracon 特别为提供有效的中性洗涤提供最大清洁或去污物特性而配制,也可以生物分解和完全冲洗. 浓缩液稀释后,不会有沈淀,并且也可以用于硬水区域不会导致钙或镁的和铁的沈淀.使用后工作溶液能保持活跃,不丢失力量并且不将已经悬浮的固体再次沈淀.他们对热量稳定,并且不吸收空气中的二氧化碳. 油和油脂溶解不会水解或分解. 应用: decon neutracon 为清洁或净化所有有色金属,例如不能被酸或碱清洗的铝、锌、铜、银、黄铜等,‘软’玻璃、涂层透镜、聚合物表面和其它敏感材料.[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="decomatic" tab_id="decomatic"][vc_column_text]

decomatic

液体洗涤剂用于所有自动洗瓶机,在清洗过程中加入洗涤剂作为主要碱清洗过程. 在机器洗涤之前也可作为前浸泡. 特性: 可被生物分解的,杀菌,不起泡,不易燃和可完全冲洗. decon decomatic 不包含磷酸盐、酵素、EDTA/NTA或者氯漂白剂 配制: 最优质的两性表面活化剂,洗涤剂助剂,碱和隔离剂在水基礎溶液中混合. 作为浓缩液体供应,适用在全自动洗瓶机. 表现：decon decomatic 特别为每种类型的自动洗瓶机提供出众的洗涤和完全冲洗效果而配制,可用于使用液体清洗剂为最要洗涤过程的洗瓶机,不会对机器组件构成影响. 有效用于各种各样的污染物, decon decomatic 是非常经济的,提供格外的高性能清洁、可完全冲洗性和生物可分解性. 应用：安全和有效,可用于清洁或净化玻璃器皿、陶瓷、塑料(不包括聚碳酸酯材料)、橡胶、不锈钢和亚铁金属.(由于是碱性, decomatic decon不适用在非铁金属，特别是铝和锌).[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="dri-decon" tab_id="dri-decon"][vc_column_text]

dri-decon

高效的表面活性洗涤剂,颗粒状形式,用于所有类型使用”颗粒状”洗涤剂的自动洗瓶机.可应用在实验室,医疗和工业应用. 特性: 可被生物分解的,不起泡,不易燃和可完全冲洗. dri-decon 不含酵素, EDTA/NTA 或氯漂白剂. 配制: 混合高级表面活性的洗涤剂,碱,磷酸盐促进剂和隔离剂物制成颗粒状. 以碾碎的微细粉末状太供应,用于自动洗瓶机. 强而有力的成份组合,不起泡和可完全冲洗的特征结合了以非常高的清洁效能.足而应付最顽强的污染物. 表现：dri-decon 是一个高效的清洁/去污剂,特别为主清洗过程使用粉末清洗剂的自动洗瓶机配制,能使清洗达到最高性能. dri-decon 高效能的清洗作用与它的可溶性和可完全冲洗性保证了一贯性和可靠性。 dri-decon 是可以安全地和有效地使用在不同的自动洗瓶机,并且对机器组件不会构成影响定期使用dri-decon 是格外经济的,并且是一般洗涤时理想的洗涤剂. 应用：安全和有效,可用于清洁或净化玻璃器皿、陶瓷、塑料(不包括聚碳酸酯材料)、橡胶、不锈钢和亚铁金属.(由于是碱性, dri-decon 不适用在非铁金属，特别是铝和锌).[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="acid rinse" tab_id="acidrinse"][vc_column_text]

acid rinse

酸冲洗(中和剂)和/或者预先洗涤(初步清洗剂),用于所有类型自动洗瓶机,与主要洗涤剂同时使用. 特性: 可被生物分解的,杀菌,不起泡,不易燃和可完全冲洗 配制: 选用最优质的羧酸酸、醇和非离子表面活化剂在水性基础中混合. 作为浓缩液体供应,适用在全自动洗瓶机选用高质量不起泡和可完全冲洗特征原料,产生出高效,可完全冲洗,杀菌性能和可被生物分解的洗涤剂. 表现：decon acid rinse 改进自动洗瓶机的表现,防止主洗涤剂的成份(如碱性或包含磷酸盐和防止因使用“硬”水产生的石灰沈淀)转移到被清洗的器皿和自动洗瓶机的组件. 当污秽或脏物是酸可溶性,在洗瓶机碱性主清洗前,可使用decon acid rinse 作为预洗,可改善清洗效果.如果清洗器皿表面沾染了油膏,干蛋白质,铁氢氧类沈淀,预先洗涤特别有用. 应用：安全和有效,可用于清洁或净化玻璃器皿、陶瓷、塑料(不包括聚碳酸酯材料)、橡胶、不锈钢和亚铁金属.(由于是碱性, decon acid rinse 不适用在非铁金属，特别是铝和锌).[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

Smeg Basic line GW0160 60cm glassware washer

Smeg Basic line GW2145 45cm glassware washer

Smeg Basic Line GW1160 60cm glassware washer

Smeg Basic line GW4060 60cm w/drying system glassware washer

Smeg Basic line GW4190 90cm w/drying system glassware washer

Smeg Professional line GW3060 60cm glassware washer

Smeg Professional line GW4090 90cm w/drying system glassware washer

Smeg Professional line GW6290 large dimension glassware washers

Smeg Professional line GW6010 drop down glass door glassware washers

Smeg Professional line GW7010 sliding down glass door glassware washer

Smeg Professional Line GW7015 Extra Large Capacity Glassware Washer

Decon Detergents

Freezer

Laboratory Freezer with electronic control

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Laboratory Freezer with electronic control

Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Temperature alarm The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored. Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3 All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LGv 5010 (478 Litres)" tab_id="lgv5010"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LGv 5010 MediLine

General product information
Product group output channels	Lab freezer with comfort electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h	3.410 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year	1,245 kWh/a
Noise level	55 dB
Net capacity, total	337 l
Freezer compartment	337 l
Refrigerant	R 290
Cooling system, freezer compartment	dynamic
Defrosting freezer compartment	automatic
Voltage	220-240 V ~
Frequency	50 Hz
Connection rating	3.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D)	184.4 / 75.1 / 75.0 cm
Insulation	70 - 70 mm
Weight (with packaging)	124.00 kg
Weight (without packaging)	114.00 kg
Control and functions
Control	Electronic control system
Adjustable temperature range	-9 °C to -35 °C
Temperature display	external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal	optical and acoustical
potential-free contact	✔
Power failure alarm	when mains power returns
Maximum fluctuation	4.9°C
Gradient	5.8 °C
SmartMonitoring	retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material	steel
Colour	white
Door/Cover material	Steel
Lock	fitted
Self-closing door	✔
Door hinges	Right replaceable
Material of interior containers	Plastic white
Type of castors	Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear
Water drain	✔
Drawers in freezer compartment	8
Baskets in freezer compartment	2
Shelf material	Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment	60 kg
Door design	HardLine
Handle	Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Spark-free Freezer with electronic control

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Laboratory Freezer with electronic control and spark-free interior

Efficient refrigeration system
Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced.

Temperature alarm
The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored.

Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3
All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LGex 3410 (310 Litres)" tab_id="lgex3410"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LGex 3410 MediLine

General product information
Product group output channels	Lab freezer with Comfort electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h	1.309 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year	478 kWh/a
Noise level	45 dB
Net capacity, total	284 l
Freezer compartment	284 l
Refrigerant	R 600a
Cooling system, freezer compartment	static
Defrosting freezer compartment	manual
Voltage	220-240 V ~
Frequency	50 Hz
Connection rating	1.5 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D)	184 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation	77 - 65 mm
Weight (with packaging)	91.00 kg
Weight (without packaging)	86.00 kg
Control and functions
Control	Electronic control system
Temperature range refrigerator compartment	-9 °C to -30 °C
Temperature display	external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal	optical and acoustical
potential-free contact	✔
Power failure alarm	when mains power returns
Maximum fluctuation	4.2 °C
Gradient	6.9 °C
SmartMonitoring	retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material	steel
Colour	white
Door/Cover material	Steel
Lock	fitted
Self-closing door	✔
Door hinges	Right replaceable
Material of interior containers	Plastic white
Type of castors	—
Water drain	—
Drawers in freezer compartment	8
Storage shelves freezer compartment	8
Shelf material	Evaporator plates
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment	24 kg
Door design	HardLine
Handle	Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LGUex 1500 (139 Litres)" tab_id="lguex1500"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LGUex 1500 MediLine

General product information
Product group output channels	Lab freezer with Comfort electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h	0.803 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year	294 kWh/a
Noise level	45 dB
Net capacity, total	129 l
Freezer compartment	129 l
Refrigerant	R 600a
Cooling system, freezer compartment	static
Defrosting freezer compartment	manual
Voltage	220-240 V ~
Frequency	50 Hz
Connection rating	1.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D)	82 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation	55 - 55 mm
Weight (with packaging)	45.00 kg
Weight (without packaging)	42.00 kg
Control and functions
Control	Electronic control system
Temperature range refrigerator compartment	-9 °C to -26 °C
Temperature display	external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal	optical and acoustical
potential-free contact	✔
Power failure alarm	when mains power returns
Maximum fluctuation	3.3 °C
Gradient	6.6 °C
SmartMonitoring	retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material	steel
Colour	white
Door/Cover material	Steel
Lock	fitted
Self-closing door	✔
Door hinges	Right replaceable
Material of interior containers	Plastic white
Type of castors	—
Water drain	—
Drawers in freezer compartment	3
Baskets in freezer compartment	1
Shelf material	Evaporator plates
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment	24 kg
Door design	HardLine
Handle	Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heavy-duty Freezer (597 Litres)

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Heavy-duty Freezer for Research and Laboratory

Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance. Temperature alarm The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored. Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3 All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-stop" add_icon="true" title="LGPv 6520 (597 Litres) " tab_id="lgpv6520"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LGPv 6520 MediLine

General product information
Product group output channels	Lab Freezer with profi electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h	3.743 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year	1,367 kWh/a
Noise level	60 dB
Net capacity, total	430 l
Freezer compartment	430 l
Refrigerant	R 290
Cooling system, freezer compartment	dynamic
Defrosting freezer compartment	automatic
Voltage	220-240 V ~
Frequency	50 Hz
Connection rating	4.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D)	216.0 / 70.0 / 83.0 cm
Insulation	83 - 60 mm
Weight (with packaging)	158.00 kg
Weight (without packaging)	133.00 kg
Control and functions
Control	Electronic control system
Adjustable temperature range	-9 °C to -35 °C
Temperature display	external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal	optical and acoustical
potential-free contact	✔
Power failure alarm	immediately upon power failure for 72h
Maximum fluctuation	3.6 °C
Gradient	2.9 °C
SmartMonitoring	retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material	steel
Colour	white
Door/Cover material	Steel
Lock	fitted
Self-closing door	✔
Door hinges	Right replaceable
Material of interior containers	Chrome-nickel-steel
Type of castors	Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear
Water drain	✔
Drawers in freezer compartment	0
Storage shelves freezer compartment	4
Shelf material	Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment	60 kg
of which height-adjustable	4
Door design	SwingLine design
Handle	Handle moulding

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heavy-duty Freezer (596 Litres, 2 doors)

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Heavy-duty Freezer for Research and Laboratory

Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance. Temperature alarm The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored. Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3 All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-pause" add_icon="true" title="LGPv 6527 (596 Litres) (1 compartment with 2 doors)" tab_id="lgpv6527"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LGPv 6527 MediLine

General product information
Product group output channels	Lab Freezer with profi electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h	5.529 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year	2,019 kWh/a
Noise level	60 dB
Net capacity, total	429 l
Freezer compartment	429 l
Refrigerant	R 290
Cooling system, freezer compartment	dynamic
Defrosting freezer compartment	automatic
Voltage	220-240 V ~
Frequency	50 Hz
Connection rating	4.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D)	216.0 / 70.0 / 83.0 cm
Insulation	83 - 60 mm
Weight (with packaging)	162.00 kg
Weight (without packaging)	136.00 kg
Control and functions
Control	Electronic control system
Adjustable temperature range	-9 °C to -35 °C
Temperature display	external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal	optical and acoustical
potential-free contact	✔
Power failure alarm	immediately upon power failure for 72h
Maximum fluctuation	3.6 °C
Gradient	2.9 °C
SmartMonitoring	retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material	steel
Colour	white
Door/Cover material	Steel
Lock	fitted
Self-closing door	✔
Door hinges	Right replaceable
Material of interior containers	Chrome-nickel-steel
Type of castors	Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear
Water drain	✔
Drawers in freezer compartment	0
Storage shelves freezer compartment	4
Shelf material	Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment	60 kg
of which height-adjustable	4
Door design	SwingLine design
Handle	Handle moulding

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heavy-duty Freezer (856 Litres)

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Heavy-duty Freezer for Research and Laboratory

Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced. Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance. Temperature alarm The integrated temperature alarm indicates if the lower or upper alarm thresholds have been breached. It uses both acoustic and visual signals to provide maximum security for goods that have been stored. Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3 All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-square" add_icon="true" title="LGPv 8420 (856 Litres)" tab_id="lgpv8420"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LGPv 8420 MediLine

General product information
Product group output channels	Lab Freezer with profi electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h	4.762 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year	1,739 kWh/a
Noise level	60 dB
Net capacity, total	629 l
Freezer compartment	629 l
Refrigerant	R 290
Cooling system, freezer compartment	dynamic
Defrosting freezer compartment	automatic
Voltage	220-240 V ~
Frequency	50 Hz
Connection rating	4.0 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D)	216.0 / 79.0 / 98.0 cm
Insulation	83 - 60 mm
Weight (with packaging)	183.00 kg
Weight (without packaging)	151.00 kg
Control and functions
Control	Electronic control system
Adjustable temperature range	-9 °C to -35 °C
Temperature display	external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal	optical and acoustical
potential-free contact	✔
Power failure alarm	immediately upon power failure for 72h
Maximum fluctuation	5.7 °C
Gradient	4.5 °C
SmartMonitoring	retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material	steel
Colour	white
Door/Cover material	Steel
Lock	fitted
Self-closing door	✔
Door hinges	Right replaceable
Material of interior containers	Chrome-nickel-steel
Type of castors	Castors with arrestor at the front, fixed castors at the rear
Water drain	✔
Drawers in freezer compartment	0
Storage shelves freezer compartment	4
Shelf material	Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment	60 kg
of which height-adjustable	4
Door design	SwingLine design
Handle	Handle moulding

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Heavy-duty freezer (1361 Litres)

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Heavy-duty Freezer for Research and Laboratory

Forced air cooling
Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior.

Upward-hinged, detachable unit compartment cover
The refrigeration components are safely integrated into the upper section where they can be easily accessed. For cleaning or servicing purposes, the compressor compartment cover can be easily opened on an upward hinge to guarantee excellent accessibility, so it possible to easily clean the filter on the condenser, which is positioned behind the unit compartment cover, without having to move the appliance.

Temperature stability and consistency EN 60068-3
All laboratory refrigerators and freezers are tested at the state-of-the-art Liebherr development facilities according to procedure EN 60068-3 for measuring temperature stability. This involves measuring the temperature at nine different points in the appliance interiors.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-pause" add_icon="true" title="LGPv 1420 (1361 Litres)" tab_id="lgpv1420"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LGPv 1420 MediLine

General product information
Product group output channels	Lab Freezer with profi electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h	7.271 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year	2,654 kWh/a
Noise level	60 dB
Net capacity, total	980 l
Freezer compartment	980 l
Refrigerant	R 290
Cooling system, freezer compartment	dynamic
Defrosting freezer compartment	automatic
Voltage	220-240 V ~
Frequency	50 Hz
Connection rating	4.5 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D)	216.0 / 143.0 / 83.0 cm
Insulation	83 - 60 mm
Weight (with packaging)	253.00 kg
Weight (without packaging)	207.00 kg
Control and functions
Control	Electronic control system
Adjustable temperature range	-9 °C to -26 °C
Temperature display	external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal	optical and acoustical
potential-free contact	✔
Power failure alarm	immediately upon power failure for 72h
Maximum fluctuation	6.7 °C
Gradient	4.3 °C
SmartMonitoring	retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Design and features
Side wall material	steel
Colour	white
Door/Cover material	Steel
Lock	fitted
Self-closing door	✔
Door hinges	Left or right
Material of interior containers	Chrome-nickel-steel
Type of castors	Castors with arrestor at the front, castors at the rear
Water drain	✔
Drawers in freezer compartment	0
Storage shelves freezer compartment	8
Shelf material	Plastic-coated grids
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment	60 kg
of which height-adjustable	8
Door design	SwingLine design
Handle	Handle moulding

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Spark-free Fridge-Freezer combination

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Laboratory fridge-freezer with electronic control and spark-free interior

Explosion protection: ATEX 95 The Atex 95 certification confirms that Liebherr laboratory fridges and freezers with explosion protection are appropriate for the storage of explosive and highly flammable materials within the meaning of EU Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX). Alarm test function This test function can be used to check whether an internally or externally connected alarm system is functioning correctly. The appliance’s refrigeration performance is not affected by this test. Digital temperature display The digital temperature display indicates the refrigerator’s interior temperature to the exact degree. This can be easily read from the outside to give users immediate information and without the need to open the appliance. Forced air cooling Highly efficient fans cool freshly stored produce quickly and maintain an even refrigeration temperature throughout the interior. Efficient refrigeration system Liebherr guarantees the outstanding quality of its refrigeration systems through expertise derived from decades of experience in the refrigeration technology sector, and through continuous research and development. By employing only premium-quality compressors, condensers, evaporators and other refrigeration components the energy consumption and operating costs of Liebherr appliances are significantly reduced.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-pause" add_icon="true" title="LCexv 4010 (2-doors, 2-chambers)" tab_id="lcexv4010"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

LCexv 4010 MediLine

General product information
Product group output channels	Lab combination with Comfort electronic controller
Output and consumption
Energy consumption in 24h	1.800 kWh / 24h
Energy consumption per year	657 kWh/a
Noise level	52 dB
Net capacity, total	345 l
Refrigerator compartment	240 l
Freezer compartment	105 l
Refrigerant	R 600a
Cooling system, refrigerator compartment	dynamic
Cooling system, freezer compartment	static
Defrosting cooling compartment	automatic
Defrosting freezer compartment	manual
Voltage	220-240 V ~
Frequency	50 Hz
Connection rating	1.5 A
Dimensions and weight
Product dimensions (H/W/D)	200.3 / 60.1 / 61.8 cm
Insulation	70 - 70 mm
Weight (with packaging)	92.00 kg
Weight (without packaging)	87.00 kg
Control and functions
Control	Electronic control system
Control unit	Tasten
Temperature range refrigerator compartment	+3 °C to +16 °C
Temperature setting range freezing	-9°C to -30°C
Temperature display	external digital
Malfunction: Warning signal	optical and acoustical
potential-free contact	✔
Power failure alarm	when mains power returns
SmartMonitoring	retrofittable, connectivity application available as option
Freezer compartment
No. of drawers in freezer compartment	3
Design and features
Side wall material	steel
Colour	white
Door/Cover material	Steel
Lock	fitted
Self-closing door	✔
Door hinges	Right replaceable
Material of interior containers	Plastic white
Type of castors	—
Storage shelves in freezer compartment	0
Material adjustable shelves freezer compartment	Glass
Load capacity adjustable shelves freezer compartment	24 kg
Storage shelves, refrigerator compartment	5
of which height-adjustable	4
Storage shelf material, refrigerator compartment	Glass
Load capacity storage shelf, refrigerator compartment	40 kg
Illumination cooling compartment	—
Door design	HardLine
Handle	Ergonomic slimline handle with opening mechanism

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Ultra low temperature freezers with climate-neutral refrigerants

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Freezer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4012,4010,4009,4011" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" wrap="yes" title="UFV SERIES"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] The BINDER ultra low temperature freezer ensures the safe storage of samples at -80 °C. It combines outstanding environmental friendliness with low energy consumption, convenient operation and an individual safety concept.

Important characteristics

Range of temperature controller: -86 °C to -40 °C
Lowest energy consumption in its class
Powerful cascade compressor cooling unit
Environmentally friendly refrigerants R-290 and R-170
Efficient thermal insulation with vacuum insulation panels
Innovative door gasket concept reduces buildup of ice
Ergonomic door handle
Rust-proof interior made completely of stainless steel
Detachable inner doors made of stainless steel
3 stainless-steel shelves providing flexible placement
Water cooling (depending on version)
Zero-voltage alarm contact for in-house alarm system
Ethernet interface
Elapsed time indicato
2 access ports, Ø 28 mm, rear

Available Sizes

Model	Interior Volume [L]	Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm	Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
UF V 500	477	826 x 1966 x 938	606 x 1300 x 605
UF V 700	700	1110 x 1966 x 938	890 x 1300 x 605

[/vc_column_text][vc_tta_tabs][vc_tta_section title="Technical Data - UFV 500" tab_id="UFV500"][vc_column_text]

Designation	UFV500-230V
Option model	Standard
Order number	9020-0347
Measures
Interior volume [L]	477
Net weight of the unit (empty) [kg]	247
permitted load [kg]	200
Permitted load of individual compartment [kg]	50
Doors
Unit doors	1
Internal Dimensions
Width [mm]	606
Height [mm]	1300
Depth [mm]	605
Outer dimensions
Width net [mm]	826
Height net [mm]	1966
Depth net [mm]	938
Wall clearance sidewise [mm]	250
Wall clearance back [mm]	100
Environment-specific data
Energy consumption at set-point -80 °C and ambient temperature = 21 °C [kWh/d]	7.9
Sound-pressure level [dB(A)]	47
Fixtures
Number of shelves (std./max.)	Mar-13
Load-variants
Freezer racks per compartment	4
Cryoboxes, 50 mm	352
Performance Data Temperature
Temperature range [°C]	-86…-40
Temperature variation at -80 °C [± K]	2.5
Cooling down time from 22 °C to -80 °C [min]	360
Warm-up time during power failure from -80 °C / -122 °F to -60 °C / -76 °F [min]	230
Electrical data
Rated Voltage [V]	230
Power frequency [Hz]	50
Nominal power [kW]	1.6
Unit fuse [A]	10
Phase (Nominal voltage)	1~

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][vc_tta_section title="Technical Data - UFV 700" tab_id="UFV700"][vc_column_text]

Designation	UFV700-230V¹
Option model	Standard
Order number	9020-0348
Measures
Interior volume [L]	700
Net weight of the unit (empty) [kg]	288
permitted load [kg]	200
Permitted load of individual compartment [kg]	50
Doors
Unit doors	1
Internal Dimensions
Width [mm]	890
Height [mm]	1300
Depth [mm]	605
Outer dimensions
Width net [mm]	1110
Height net [mm]	1966
Depth net [mm]	938
Wall clearance sidewise [mm]	250
Wall clearance back [mm]	100
Environment-specific data
Energy consumption at set-point -80 °C and ambient temperature = 21 °C [kWh/d]	8.1
Average heat dissipation at set-point -80 °C and ambient temperature = 21 °C [W]	340
Sound-pressure level [dB(A)]	47
Fixtures
Number of shelves (std./max.)	Mar-13
Load-variants
Freezer racks per compartment	6
Cryoboxes, 50 mm	528
Performance Data Temperature
Temperature range [°C]	-86…-40
Temperature variation at -80 °C [± K]	2.5
Temperature fluctuation at -80 °C [± K]	1.5
Cooling down time from 22 °C to -80 °C [min]	450
Warm-up time during power failure from -80 °C / -122 °F to -60 °C / -76 °F [min]	250
Electrical data
Rated Voltage [V]	230
Power frequency [Hz]	50
Nominal power [kW]	1.6
Unit fuse [A]	10
Phase (Nominal voltage)	1~

[/vc_column_text][/vc_tta_section][/vc_tta_tabs][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}

重要特性

温度范围：-40 °C 至 -86 °C
通过级联压缩冷却机进行冷却
无氟安全制冷剂 R-404A 和 R-508B
带右侧或左侧限位器的门
通过 RFID 进行访问检查（取决于型号）
数据记录仪 USB（取决于型号）
水冷却（取决于型号）
电动机械门锁
由 ABS 塑料制成的 4 个隔间门
由不锈钢制成的内腔室
通过真空隔热板和聚氨酯泡沫进行隔热
带备用电池的报警系统
计算机接口：RS 422
模拟输出 4-20 mA
零电压报警触点
工作小时计时器
由不锈钢制成的 3 个插盘

可选容积

型号	内部容积 [L]	外壳尺寸宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)	内部尺寸宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
UF V 500	483	830x1985x885	619x1300x600
UF V 700	711	1120x1985x885	911x1300x600

{:}

Laboratory Freezer with electronic control

Spark-free Freezer with electronic control

Heavy-duty Freezer (597 Litres)

Heavy-duty Freezer (596 Litres, 2 doors)

Heavy-duty Freezer (856 Litres)

Heavy-duty freezer (1361 Litres)

Spark-free Fridge-Freezer combination

Ultra low temperature freezers with climate-neutral refrigerants

Professional Freezer -40 °C

Hotplate & Stirrer

2-IN-1 MAGFUGE CENTRIFUGE AND MAGNETIC STIRRER

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download brochure" style="flat" color="inverse" size="xs" align="center" i_type="openiconic" i_icon_openiconic="vc-oi vc-oi-doc-inv" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.heathrowscientific.com%2Fimg%2Fproduct%2Fdescription%2FHS-2018_MagFuge_Sell-Sheet_LO-RES.pdf|||"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] MAGFUGE® The Industry’s first High-speed Centrifuge and Magnetic Stirrer in ONE unit. Product Highlights

Save money by only having to purchase one unit that has the functionality of both a high performance centrifuge and magnetic stirrer
Easy to use with a digital display, one button programming and tool free rotor exchange
Stay focused in the lab with ultra-quiet operation
Reduce down-time with a reliable unit you can trust with 3-year warranty

A truly great product is ultimately defined by its functional design. The MagFuge® by Heathrow Scientific is the industry’s first high-speed centrifuge and magnetic stirrer, combined into one unit. This design innovation enables a substantial cost savings for labs by not having to purchase two pieces of equipment, a stirrer and a centrifuge, because the MagFuge® does it all.

- Made from a durable chemically resistant ABS and polycarbonate making it easy to clean, maintenance free and helps lower the cost of ownership
- The modern low-profile design is compact and has a small footprint for labs with limited bench space and limited height that ultimately helps reduced clutter in the lab
- An easy to use back-lit digital control panel for time, speed and operations ensures effective outcomes and streamlines the work flow process by allowing for quick set up
- US Design Patent No. D814,045 and Utility Patent Pending
- Community Design No. 003515337-0001-0002 European Patent App. 3 246 088

High-Speed Mini Centrifuge The high-speed Centrifuge (12,500 RPM) is designed to give you maximum speed and flexibility while being comfortable and easy to use.

Ideal for most protocols requiring fast spins (12,500rpm / 9,800 x g), and appropriate for PCR, microfilter cell separation, and HPLC protocols
Adjustable time (30 seconds to 60 minutes) and speed (500 to 12,500 RPM)
Variable speed can be set in RPM or RCF and has rapid acceleration and fast controlled breaking
Two rotors included, 12 place for 1.5/2.0 mL tubes and 6 place for 5 mL tubes with adapters for additional tube sizes
Manual lid override allows users to open lid in case of a power failure and prevents loss of samples
Safety features help ensure it will not operate when the lid is open, a rotor is jammed, or the unit is out of balance

Magnetic Stirrer The high-performance Magnetic Stirrer (3L Plus) is designed to provide a powerful magnetic coupling that ensures consistent accurate alignment of the stir bar that significantly reduce the chance of spin-outs.

Ideal for work with sensitive samples such as cell lines and protocols requiring more aggressive mixing to quickly achieve full dilution of samples in solution
Multiple stirring modes, clockwise, c. clockwise and oscillate enable protocols to be controlled precisely for reproducible results
Adjustable time (30 seconds to 60 minutes or continuous) and speed (50 to 2,500 RPM)
After hours of continuous use, the unit remains cool ensuring sample integrity
Sensor technology prevents the stirrer rotor from being used above 2,500 RPM helping to protect users and prevent unit damage
Two silicone mats are included to help prevent spills and to help keep vessels stable
High-quality rare-earth magnets are used in the stirrer rotor to ensure the strongest magnetic coupling
Two rare-earth stir bars (40 x 12 mm) included have PTFE coating for chemical resistance

Specifications Power: Universal 12V DC input 4 cord sets: Low voltage, double insulated power adapter Weight: 1.85 kg (4.08 lb) Certifications: CE, SGS, RoHS2, WEEE Operating Temp: Range 2°C to 40°C Max. Relative Humidity: Non-condensing, 80% for temperatures up to 31°C decreasing linearly to 50% R.H. at 40°C

MagFuge® Centrifuge Speed Range: Centrifuge Mode: 500 – 999 rpm (increments of 1); 1,000 – 5,000 rpm (increments of 5); 5,000 – 12,500 rpm (increments of 25) RCF: 16 – 9,783 x g (max RCF calculated) Capacity: 12 place 1.5/2.0 mL tube rotor: 24 mL total maximum liquid volume 6 place 5 mL tube rotor: 30 mL total maximum liquid volume Run Time Ranges: 30 seconds – 60 minutes (5 second increments) MagFuge® Magnetic Stirrer Speed Range: 50 – 999 rpm (increments of 1); 1,000 – 2,500 rpm (increments of 5) Capacity: 3L total maximum vessel liquid volume. Diameter of vessel not to exceed 130 mm (6.70”) Run Time Ranges: Stirrer Mode: 30 seconds to 60 minutes or continuous (5 second increments) Oscillating Stirrer Mode: 1 second – 60 minutes or continuous Oscillating Period: 30 seconds – 15 minutes Stir Bar Dimensions: 40 x 12 mm cylindrical shape, rare-earth Plate Dimensions: Approx 130 mm diameter Package Includes:

MagFuge®
Three Rotors: 5 mL Tube Rotor, 1.5/2.0 mL Tube Rotor, Stirrer Rotor
12 Tube adapters 0.2 mL
12 Tube adapters for 0.5 mL
2 Silcone mats for stirrer lid
2 Rare-Earth PTFE coated stir bars stir bars
1 Low voltage, double insulated power adapter with 4 cord sets

Model	Color	L x W x H
120581	Gray/Purple	9.2 x 7.3 x 4.7 in (23.5 x 18.5 x12 cm)
120582	Gray/Blue	9.2 x 7.3 x 4.7 in (23.5 x 18.5 x12 cm)

[/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://www.youtube.com/embed/CerE-E16Z64"][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Cimarec+ Stirring Hotplates Series

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Hotplate & Stirrer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4208,4209,4210,4211" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] Our new Thermo Scientific™ Cimarec+™ series digital stirring hotplates offer precise stirring control, exceptional safety and temperature performance for your routine protocols. The Cimarec+ Series are available in three sizes, providing flexibility from microscale chemistries to production operations. Advanced technology

Stir-Trac features innovative engineering for slow-speed stirring, consistent speed control, and strong magnetic coupling
Temperature adjustable in 1 degree increments
Hot Top warning system protects from accidental burns with prominent display when heating surface is above 50°C (122°F)

Flexible, robust design

Top plate choices in ceramic or aluminum
Easy-to-read LED display for heating and stirring, besides 4"x 4" Hotplate Stirrer, which has digital temperature and analog stirring control.
Raised display design protects electronics from spills
Optional temperature probe and splash guard protection shield
Variable sizes for different sample volumes

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:

Model No.	SP88854105	SP88857105	SP88850105
Speed	50 to 1,500rpm	50 to 1,500rpm	50 to 1,500rpm
Temperature Range (Metric)	540°C (Max Temperature)	540°C (Max Temperature)	400°C (Max Temperature)
Surface Area (English) Heating	4.25 x 4.25 in.	7.25 x 7.25 in.	10.25 x 10.25 in.
Surface Area (Metric) Heating	10.8 x 10.8cm	18.4 x 18.4cm	26.0 x 26.0cm
Top Plate Material	Ceramic	Ceramic	Ceramic
Voltage	230V	230V	230V
Hertz	50/60Hz	50/60Hz	50/60Hz
Certifications/Compliance	cCSAus, CE	cCSAus, CE	cCSAus, CE
Shipping Weight (English)	8.4 lb.	11.2 lb.	16.5 lb.
Shipping Weight (Metric)	3.8kg	5.1kg	7.5kg
Stirring Range	50 to 1,500rpm	50 to 1,500rpm	50 to 1,500rpm
Dimensions (L x W x H)	10 x 5 x 3.6 in. (25.4 x 12.7 x 9.1cm)	13 x 8.2 x 3.8 in. (33 x 20.8 x 9.7cm)	16.2 x 11.3 x 4 in. (41.1 x 28.7 x 10.2cm)
Electrical Requirements	230V 50/60Hz	230V 50/60Hz	230V 50/60Hz
Plug Type	EU/UK/AUS/CHN-style	EU	EU
Max. Temperature (Metric)	540°C	540°C	400°C
Type	Hotplate & Stirrer	Hotplate & Stirrer	Hotplate & Stirrer

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Benchmark Hotplate & Stirrer

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Hotplate & Stirrer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="329" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] Benchmark hotplates, stirrers and hotplate-stirrers feature an exceptionally durable, chemical resistant, white ceramic work surface. Their space-efficient design (7 X 10.5 in. footprint), makes them ideal for use on crowded benchtops and inside bio-hoods. Advanced microprocessor controls allow quick, precise adjustment of speed and temperature. The large, backlit LCD display provides constant visualization of the speed and temperature while a safety LED indicates when the top plate is above 50°C. In addition, an optional probe is available for applications that require precise temperature contol. When connected, the probe provides direct feedback to the microprocessor, which continuously adjusts and maintains the selected temperature in the sample within +/- 0.5°C. With a square 6.5 in. work surface, all three models are compatible with a wide variety of popular sizes of borosilicate glass beakers, flasks, bottles and other vessels. An optional support rod (H3760-ROD) is available for mounting thermometers, temperature probes, etc.

Large , backlit LCD display
Ceramic work surface, 6.5 x 6.5 in.
Safety LED indicates hot surface
Control actual temperature (with optional probe)
Three models: heat-stir, heat only or stir only

Specifications:

Temp. Range:	Ambient +5 to 380°C
Speed Range:	200 to 1500 rpm
Platform Dimensions:	6.5 x 6.5 in./ 16.6 x 16.5 cm
Operating Temp. Range	+4 to +65°C
Dimensions: (w x d x h)	7 x 10.5 x 4 in./ 18 x 26 x 10.1 cm
Weight:	6.4 lbs. / 2.9kg
Electrical:	120 or 230V, 50-60Hz 500W

Ordering information:

H3760-HS-E	Benchmark Digital Hotplate & Stirrer, EU plug
H3760-S-E	Benchmark Digital Magnetic Stirrer, EU plug
H3760-H-E	Benchmark Digital Hotplate, EU plug
H3760-TP	Optional Temperature Probe
H3760-ROD	Optional Support Rod

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 加热板,搅拌板和加热搅拌板[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_single_image image="329" img_size="full"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

大尺寸,背光LCD显示屏
陶瓷面板, 16.5 x 16.5 cm
安全LED提示热表面
控制实际温度(需要配温度探头)
三种类型:加热, 搅拌或者加热搅拌

规格

温度范围	室温 +5 至 380°C
速度范围	200 至 1500 rpm
平台尺寸	16.5 x 16.5 cm
使用温度范围	+4 to +65°C
尺寸(w x d x h)	18 x 26 x 10.1 cm
重量	2.9kg
电源	230V, 50-60Hz 500W

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

Incubator

Series CB | CO2 incubators

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text] The BINDER CB series CO₂ incubator is the premium class among the CO₂ incubators. It is suitable for all sensitive incubation applications and ensures optimal cell growth. A BINDER CB series CO₂ incubator can perform complex cultivation experiments as well as specific enviromental conditions.

CO₂ incubators with hot air sterilization and heat sterilizable CO₂ sensor

The Binder CB series is a world first! Fitted with a sterilizable CO₂ sensor, the incubator meets the highest of standards when it comes to sample safety and cell growth. While C series CO₂ incubators have been designed with standard laboratory applications in mind, the BINDER CB comes highly recommended for the incubation of delicate cells, providing optimum growth conditions for cell cultures. Just like the C series units, the CO₂ incubators in the CB series have the option of automatic sterilization with hot air at 180 °C. Plus, they have a heat sterilizable CO₂ sensor with infrared technology and come with a double-pan humidification system with condensation protection. The units feature tightly sealed inner doors made of tempered safety glass and a lockable door handle, guaranteeing maximum safety conditions for work in the laboratory.

CO₂ incubators with a patented humidity management system

CB series CO₂ incubators have a patented humidity management system. The Permadry double-pan humidity system provides active humidity limitation that keeps even the interior walls dry. What's more, evaporation is kept to a minimum thanks to the high humidity. These CO₂ incubators are incredibly user-friendly, with the option to control all of the key parameters at once using the operating panel. Measured values are recorded continually and can be exported as data sets with ease via USB. Navigation is straightforward and intuitive. The CO₂ incubators with hot air sterilization and heat sterilizable CO₂ sensor are ideal for the incubation of delicate cells, guaranteeing optimum conditions for cell cultures along with high levels of safety and usability.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text]

Important characteristics

Temperature range: from 4 °C via ambient temperature up to 60 °C
Humidity range: 90 to 95% RH
CO₂ control range: 0 to 20 vol% CO₂
O₂ control range: 0.2 to 20 vol% O₂ (O and GO versions)
Alternative O₂ control range: 10 to 95 vol% O₂ (option for O and GO versions)
Tried-and-tested anti-contamination concept with 180 °C hot air sterilization
Optimized double-pan humidification system with condensation protection
CO₂ gas-mixing jet with Venturi effect
Hot-air sterilizable CO₂ sensor with single-beam infrared technology
Intuitive touchscreen controller
Internal data recording, can be read out in open format via USB interface
Fail-safe CO₂ automatic diagnosis system for protecting the pH of cell cultures
DuoDoor™ system: unit door and glass door can be opened with one handle
Tightly sealed inner door made of tempered safety glass
Lockable door handle
2 perforated stainless steel shelves
Troubleshooting system with visual and acoustic alarms
Computer interface: Ethernet
Zero-voltage alarm contact
Units are stackable with stacking adapter

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Model	Housing Dimensions (excluding fittings and connections) W x H x D (mm)	Internal Dimensions W x H x D (mm)	Net weight (kg)	Interior volume (L)
CB 60	580 x 720 x 545	400 x 400 x 330	68	53
CB 170 (new)	680 x 870 x 715	560 x 600 x 505	95	170
CB 220	740 x 1070 x 715	560 x 750 x 500	132	210

>> Stacking options for BINDER CO₂ incubators [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}

重要特性

温度范围：环境温度加上 7 °C 至 60 °C
湿度范围：最高达 95% 相对湿度
可选 O₂ 调节范围：0.2-20 Vol.-% O₂ 或 10-95 Vol.-% O₂ （版本 O、GO）
通过 180 °C 的热风进行自动灭菌
带冷凝保护的培养皿加湿系统
带有文丘里效应的 CO₂ 混合气体喷嘴
可用热风灭菌的采用红外线技术的 CO₂ 传感器
通过 LCD 彩色显示器进行显示
可锁闭的门把手
由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成的密封内门
由不锈钢制成的无缝拉深的内腔
由不锈钢制成的 2/3 个打孔搁板
利用堆叠适配器可堆叠设备
采用光学和声音报警的故障诊断系统
计算机接口：以太网
内部测量值记录和 USB 接口
零电压报警触点

可选容积

型号	内部容积 [L]	外壳尺寸宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)	内部尺寸宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
CB 60	53	580x720x545	400x400x330
CB 160	150	680x920x715	500x600x500
CB 220	210	740x1070x715	560x750x500

{:}{:tw}

重要特性

溫度範圍：環境溫度加上 7 °C 至 60 °C
濕度範圍：最高達 95% 相對濕度
可選 O₂ 調節範圍：2-20 Vol.-% O₂ 或 10-95 Vol.-% O₂ （版本 O、GO）
通過 180 °C 的熱風進行自動滅菌
帶冷凝保護的培養皿加濕系統
帶有文丘裡效應的 CO₂ 混合氣體噴嘴
可用熱風滅菌的採用紅外線技術的 CO₂ 感測器
通過 LCD 彩色顯示器進行顯示
可鎖閉的門把手
由安全玻璃 (ESG) 製成的密封內門
由不銹鋼製成的無縫拉深的內腔
由不銹鋼製成的 2/3 個打孔擱板
利用堆疊適配器可堆疊設備
採用光學和聲音報警的故障診斷系統
電腦介面：乙太網
內部測量值記錄和 USB 介面

Available Sizes

型號	內部容積 [L]	包括加裝件和連接件的外殼尺寸寬 x 高 x 深 [mm]	內部尺寸寬 x 高 x 深 [mm]
CB 60	53	580x720x545	400x400x330
CB 160	150	680x920x715	500x600x500
CB 220	210	740x1070x715	560x750x500

{:}

Series C | CO2 incubators with hot air sterilization

{:en}

Special features

Temperature range: room temperature plus 7 °C to 50 °C
Humidity range: up to 95 % RH
Auto-sterilization with hot air at 180 °C
Humidification system with condensation protection
CO₂ gas-mixing jet with Venturi effect
CO₂ sensor with infrared technology
Display with 3-digit, 7-segment LEDs
Door hinged right or left
Tightly-sealed inner door made of tempered safety glass
Seamless, deep-drawn inner stainless steel chamber
3 perforated stainless steel shelves
Units are stackable with stacking adapter
Troubleshooting system with visual and audible alarms
Zero-voltage alarm contact

Available Sizes

Model	Interior Volume [L]	Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm	Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
C 170	168	740x870x715	560x600x500

{:}{:zh}

重要特性

温度范围：环境温度加上 7 °C 至 50 °C
湿度范围：最高达 95% 相对湿度
通过 180 °C 的热风进行自动灭菌
带冷凝保护的加湿系统
带有文丘里效应的 CO₂ 混合气体喷嘴
采用红外线技术的 CO₂ 传感器
通过 3 位 7 段 LED 显示
带右侧或左侧限位器的门
由安全玻璃 (ESG) 制成的密封内门
由不锈钢制成的无缝拉深的内腔
由不锈钢制成的 3 个打孔搁板
带堆叠适配器的可堆叠设备
采用光学和声音报警的故障诊断系统
零电压报警触点

可选容积

型号	内部容积 [L]	外壳尺寸宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)	内部尺寸宽 x 高 x 深 (mm)
C 170	168	740x870x715	560x600x500

{:}{:tw}

重要特性

溫度範圍：環境溫度加上 7 °C 至 50 °C
濕度範圍：最高達 95% 相對濕度
通過 180 °C 的熱風進行自動滅菌
帶冷凝保護的加濕系統
帶有文丘裡效應的 CO₂ 混合氣體噴嘴
採用紅外線技術的 CO₂ 感測器
通過 3 位元 7 段 LED 顯示
帶右側或左側限位器的門
由安全玻璃 (ESG) 製成的密封內門
由不銹鋼製成的無縫拉深的內腔
由不銹鋼製成的 3 個打孔擱板
帶堆疊適配器的可堆疊設備
採用光學和聲音報警的故障診斷系統

Available Sizes

Model	Interior Volume [L]	Outer Dimensions WxHxD mm	Internal Dimensions WxHxD mm
C 170	168	740x870x715	560x600x500

{:}

Series KB | Cooling incubators with compressor technology

Series KT | Cooling incubators with thermoelectric cooling

Series B | Incubators Classic.Line with mechanical adjustment

Series BF | Incubators Classic.Line with forced convection

Series BF | Incubators Avantgarde.Line with force convection

Series BD | Incubators Classic.Line with natural convection

Series BD | Incubators Avantgarde.Line with natural convection

Series CB | CO2 incubators

Series C | CO2 incubators with hot air sterilization

Incubating Shaker

Multitherm Shaker Touch

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text] [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text] Like the popular MultiTherm, the MultiTherm Touch features a broad temperature range to meet applications from denaturation of DNA to keeping samples cold (4°C) at the end of a protocol. An expanded speed range (to 3,000rpm), full-color touch screen, greater flexibility in programming and heated lid option set this new unit apart. All operating parameters are easily entered and viewed on the large, full color, touch screen. Fifty programs can be stored, each including up to 5 steps. Programming features such as adjustable ramp rates, interval and directional mixing and preheat options can be set. A “short” button allows for immediate mixing at maximum speed. Fifteen block choices accommodate samples from 0.2ml to 50ml as well as a variety of plates. Blocks are quickly and easily interchanged without the use of tools and are automatically recognized by the software. Insulation protects the users from hot surfaces and helps to maintain block temperature. Condensation can have negative effects on delicate samples and reactions by changing the concentration of reactants. The heated lid option, available for use with tubes up to 5ml and microplates, protects samples by warming the air in the tube and preventing condensation. Easy to use and reliable in operation, the MultiTherm Touch is covered by a 1 year warranty. Blocks and heated lid are sold separately.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

Large touch screen for simple and easy programming and viewing of status
Advanced programming features include adjustable ramp rates, preheat and clockwise/counterclockwise mixing
Multiple block options for plates and tubes up to 50ml
Broad temperature and speed range to meet a variety of applications

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:

Display:	4.3 inch color touch screen with graphical interface
Speed:	200 to 3000 rpm (block dependent)
Orbit:	3mm
Temp. Range:	Ambient -20 to 105°C
Temperature Uniformity:	±0.5°C
Timer:	1s-99h:59m:59s or continuous
Program Memory:	50 programs
Steps/Program:	5 steps/program
Programming Features:	Adjustable ramp rate, mix mode, mix start, power failure restart, and heated lid temp
Additional Features:	Quick button, pause, import/export data and programs, automatic block recognition
Dimensions: (w x d x h)	6.3 x 12.6 x 8.7 in. / 16 x 32 x 22 cm
Weight:	22 lbs/10kg
Electrical:	110 to 240V 50-60Hz

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

[/vc_column_text][vc_separator color="white"][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:

H5100-HCT	MultiTherm Touch, Heating/Cooling Vortexer, blocks sold separately
H5100-HL	Heated lid for above
Available blocks (max speed)
H5100-05	24 x 0.5ml (2,000rpm)
H5100-15	35 x 1.5ml (2,000rpm)
H5100-20	35 x 2ml (2,000rpm)
H5100-CMB	15 x 0.5ml and 20 x 1.5ml (2,000rpm)
H5100-5MT	8 x 5ml (1,000rpm)
H5100-12	24 x 12mm dia. tube (2,000rpm)
H5100-2CR	24 x 1.5/2ml cryovials (2,000rpm)
H5100-150	8 x 15ml (1,000rpm)
H5100-500	4 x 50ml (1,000rpm)
H5100-MP	Standard microplate (3,000rpm)
More blocks are available …

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Premium Stackable Shaking Incubator

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text]

ZWYR-D2402

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

ZWYR-D2401 with P5010-50

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

ZWYR-D2403 with P5017

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

ZWYR-D2401 with P5010-35

[/vc_column_text][vc_btn title="Download Brochure" style="flat" shape="square" color="chino" align="center" i_icon_fontawesome="fa fa-download" button_block="true" add_icon="true" link="url:http%3A%2F%2Fwww.labwit.com.au%2Ffiles%2FPremium%2520Stackable%2520Shaking%2520Incubators%2520V2020.1.0.pdf||target:%20_blank|"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

This ZWYR-D Series shaking incubators can be stacked up to three units high, providing laboratory professionals tripled culture capacity, while still only occupying the same “footprint” of a single shaker. All models feature an insulated, fold-down door with double-layer glass window for high visibility. On all refrigerating models, microprocessor controller provides unmatched versatility by enable users to create personalized program (with up to 9 segments, with cycling) to automate changes to function parameters. Features: ♦ Stackable up to three units for maximum space savings. ♦ 5.6'' LCD 640x480 touch screen panel clearly indicates all parameters in one page display and enables all complicated program settings intuitively just with finger tips. ♦ Wide-view fold-down door with door handle, and ergonomic sliding-out shaking platform provide convenient access to your experiment products. Fold-up door option (#P5017) available for ZWYR-D2403 for easy loading on the top unit. ♦ Direct beltless driving system is both durable and economical, maintenance free, allows extended speed ranges from 30 to 300 RPM, ±1 RPM with minimized vibration, even when shakers are stacked of three high. The shaking diameter can be changed from 1-50mm for optimum oxygenation and nutrient mixing and agitation in from small to large flasks. ♦ The top of the casing can be further used as a work area for locating small items of lab equipment etc. ♦ The incubator casing is made of heavy-gauge cold-rolled steel; together with high graded #304 stainless steel inner chambers with coved corners make it easy to clean with mild detergent. Chamber is tall enough to hold 2L Erlenmeyer flasks. ♦ The ceiling of the unit can be upgraded and fitted with LED lighting kit for cultivation of phototrophic organisms. Mono cool white, or Red & Blue dual light colors are possible and the intensity of each color can be independently controlled and programmed to simulate day/night cycles, perfect for plant cell culture. ♦ Robust brushless DC motor enables shaking motion quiet and smooth, even when unit is operating at top speed with maximum workload. ♦ Non-volatile memory saves settings during a power outage and automatically restarts the unit after power is restored. ♦ For data recording, the units are equipped with a built-in thermo printer as standard, so that operators could check how the performance parameters vary according to specified process without having to be on site. ♦ Internal UV light as standard provides proactive contamination control when needed. ♦ Predrilled platform as standard configuration, flask clamps excluded. Plain tray available for use with sticky mats (max. 8 pcs per ZYWR-D2401 unit) ♦ For a comfortable working height, the base stands are available in 35cm cabinet base stand (#P5010-35); 50cm Frame base stand (#P5010-50)[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]ZWYR-D2401 Premium single stack orbital shaking incubator

Single unit of 190L, shaking tray 800x430mm
All premium features apply
Full temperature control with cooling for 4-60ºC operation
Orbital movement with shaking diameter of 1-50mm stepless adjustable
Fold-down front door and sliding tray designed for easy operation
UV light reduces the air burden, keeping the chamber contamination free.
*H35cm & H50cm base option available

. ZWYR-D2402 Premium double stack orbital shaking incubator

Doubled volume, 190Lx2, Shaking tray 800X430mm
All premium features apply
Full temperature control with cooling for 4-60ºC operation
Orbital movement with shaking diameter of 1-50mm stepless adjustable
Fold-down front door and sliding tray designed for easy operation
UV light reduces the air burden, keeping the chamber contamination free.

. ZWYR-D2403 Premium triple stack orbital shaking incubator

Tripled volume, 190Lx3, Shaking tray 800X430mm
All premium features apply
Full temperature control with cooling for 4-60ºC operation
Orbital movement with shaking diameter of 1-50mm stepless adjustable
Fold-down front door and sliding tray designed for easy operation.
Fold-up door option (#P5017) available for ZWYR-D2403 for easy loading on the top unit.
UV light reduces the air burden, keeping the chamber contamination free.

.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

Flask (ml)	50ml	100ml	250ml	500ml	750ml	1000ml	2000ml	P8010	P8012
ZWYR-D2401	91	50	38	26	15	15	8	8	19
ZWYR-D2402	180	100	76	52	30	30	16	16	38
ZWYR-D2403	270	150	114	78	45	45	24	24	57

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

Model	ZWYR-D2401	ZWYR-D2402	ZWYR-D2403
Control	P.I.D. Microprocessor
Control Mode	Fix Value or Program (up to 9 Segments)
Control Panel	LCD Touch Screen
Air Convection	Forced
Shaking Mode	Orbit
Volume/Compartment (L)	190
Ambient Temperature(ºC)	Oct-35
Shaking Speed (rpm)	30-300
Stroke (mm)	Ø1-50 Stepless Adjustable
Temperature Range (ºC)	Apr-60
Temperature Accuracy (ºC)	0.1
Temperature Uniformity (ºC)	±0.5ºC@37℃
Timer	1 to 9999 mins
Tray (mm) (WxD)	800×430
Tray Included	1	2	3
Inner Dimensions (mm) (WxDxH)	920x532x395
Exterior Dimensions (mm) (Wx Dx H)	1300x930x735	1300x930x1315	1300x930x1895
Net/Gross Weight (kg)	250/290	430/500	630/730
Power (W)	1200	2400	3600
Electricity	220-240V 50/60Hz
Approval	CE, ISO
Security	Over-temperature Protection, Compressor Overload Protection, Electrical Leakage Protection
Additional	Built-in Printer, RS485 Interface (Option), LED Lighting Control Kit (Option), Base Stand(Option)

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_column_text] ZWY-2102C [/vc_column_text][vc_column_text] ZWY-2112B[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text] Double Layer Shaking Frame [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] These LABWIT double layer shaking incubators are specially developed for the modern biological engineering departments; a big capacity of flasks but with small footprint. These incubators have a smooth compact design. They are very efficient and have an excellent floor space/performance factor. Two trays above each other, double the capacity for smaller flasks, while after removing the top tray, big flasks can also be used on the bottom tray (Shaking frame upgrade required). These unit are particularly ideal for fermentation and pharmacy experiments. While they are also widely used where a big amount of liquid needed to be mixed at with constant temperature. Features: ♦ Microprocessor controller with audible and visual alarms maintains precise temperature and speed control. ♦ Users friendly control panel allows easy digital setting of time, temperature and speed. ♦ Large LCD display presents all actual and preset parameters. ♦ Electronic timer, from 0 – 500 hours, automatic stop, audio/ visual alarm. ♦ Password protection against unauthorized change of parameters. ♦ Audible and visual alarms for over-temperature and set point deviations. ♦ Non-volatile memory for set point retention after a power interruption. ♦ Large double-fold tempered glass window, together with fluorescent lights provides complete visibility of chamber interior. ♦ “Long-Life” brushless AC motor creates a smooth, quiet and uniformed shaking motion. ♦ Mirror-finished high quality #304 stainless steel for excellent durability of interiors. ♦ Standard shaking frame and standard stainless steel tray included, but without clamps. ♦ Vertical double trays for big capacity, though small footprint. ♦ Lockable outer door (on ZWY-1112B/2112B. ZWF-1112/2112) protects the materials against unauthorized access at all times.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]

Flask (ml)	50ml	100ml	250ml	500ml	750ml	1000ml	2000ml	3000ml	5000ml
ZWY-1102C/2102C	56	56	28	22	18	6*	3*	2*	2*
ZWY-1102/2102	104	104	56	44	30	24	7*	6*	4*
ZWY-1112B/2112B	164	164	90	74	52	36	13*	8*	6*
ZWF-1112/2112	164	164	90	76	48	44	12*	8*	6*
*Applies only when single layer shaking frame is equipped.

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Specifications:

Model	ZWY-1102C	ZWY-2102C	ZWY-1102	ZWY-2102	ZWY-1112B	ZWY-2112B	ZWF-1112	ZWF-2112
Volume (L)	170		330		580		580
Shaking Mode	Oribtal		Orbital		Orbital		Reciprocal
Temperature (°C)	A +5 to 60	4 to 60	A +5 to 60	4 to 60	A +5 to 60	4 to 60	A +5 to 60	4 to 60
Temperature Accuracy	±0.1°C
Temperature Uniformity	≤±1°C@37°C
Stroke (mm)	26		26		35		1 to 50 Stepless Adjustment
Speed (rpm)	30-300		30-300		30-300		30-240
Tray (mm) (WxD)	496x350		734x458		970x560		940x580
Inner dimensions (mm) (WxDxH)	615x450x640		845x530x765		1105x850x664		1105x850x664
Exteriro dimensions (mm) (WxDxH)	720x685x1310		950x755x1445		1430x880x1700		1430x880x1700
Packing dimensions (mm) (WxDxH)	790x755x1470		1020x825x1605		1500x950x1860		1500x950x1860
Net/Gross Weight (kg)	150/175	165/190	225/265	235/272	425/505	456/536	455/535	486/562
Power (W)	1000	1250	1050	1300	1600	1950	1600	1950
Electricity	220-240V 50/60Hz
Approval	CE, ISO

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:

Order no.	Description
ZWY-1102C	170L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator A+5-60, 30-300rpm
ZWY-2102C	170L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator 4-60, 30-300rpm
ZWY-1102	330L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator A+5-60, 30-300rpm
ZWY-2102	330L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator 4-60, 30-300rpm
ZWY-1112B	580L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator A+5-60, 30-300rpm
ZWY-2112B	580L, Economic Double Layer Shaking Incubator 4-60, 30-300rpm
ZWF-1112	580L, Economic Reciprocal Double Layer Shaking Incubator A+5-60, 30-240rpm
ZWF-2112	580L, Economic Reciprocal Double Layer Shaking Incubator 4-60, 30-240rpm

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Optional Accessories:

Order no.	Description	Order no.	Description
P5001	Frame for ZWY-1102C/2102C, ZWYR-2102C, Stl S/C #	P8002	T Clamp, S/S, for 100ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
P5002	Frame for ZWY-1102/2102, ZWYR-2102, S/C	P8013	T Clamp, S/S, for 150ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
P5003	Frame for ZWY-1112B/2112B, ZWYR-2112B, Stl S/C	P8003	T Clamp, S/S, for 250ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
P6010	Tray for ZWY-1102C/2102C, ZWYR-2102C, S/S※	P8014	T Clamp, S/S, for 300ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
P6011	Tray for ZWY-1102/2102, ZWYR-2102, S/S	P8004	T Clamp, S/S, for 500ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
P6012	Tray for ZWY-1112B/2112B, ZWYR-2112B, S/S	P8005	T Clamp, S/S, for 750ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
P6013	Tray for ZWF-1112/2112, ZWFR-2112, S/S	P8006	T Clamp, S/S, for 1000ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
P7011	Universal Tray for ZWY-1102C/2102C, ZWYR-2102C	P8007	T Clamp, Spring S/S, for 2000ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
P7012	Universal Tray for ZWY-1102/2102, ZWYR-2102, Ful Pcs	P8008	T Clamp, Spring S/S, for 3000ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
P7013	Universal Tray for ZWY-1112B/2112B, ZWYR-2112B, Ful Pcs	P8009	T Clamp, Spring S/S, for 5000ml Flask, with Spring Retainer
P7014	Universal Tray for ZWF-1112/2112, ZWFR-2112, Ful Pcs	P8010	Tube Rack S/S
P7023	Universal Tray for All Double Layer Model, 1/2 Pcs	P8011	Tube Rack ABS Plastic
P8001	T Clamp, S/S, for 50ml Flask, with Spring Retainer	P8012	Clamp for 96 Well MicroPlate, S/S
# Stl S/C:Spray Coated Steel, ※ S/S: Stainless Steel		P8017	Sticky Mat, 20 x 20cm

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Incu-Shaker 10LR Shaking Incubator with cooling

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4158,4151" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] Incu-Shaker™ 10L is a heavy-duty performer, designed for heavy workloads and continuous use. Its outstanding temperature accuracy and uniformity are supported by proprietary heat distribution technology that ensures that temperatures are precisely maintained throughout the chamber. Inconsistencies due to stratification are reduced to negligible levels and the selected temperature is precisely maintained within 0.25%, even in the corners. The powerful brushless induction drive is designed for years of trouble-free service, even under continuous use conditions with heavy loads. Noise and vibration are minimized by an advanced, computer designed motor isolation system. Like other Incu-Shaker models, the 10L is built to last. A standard, rubber mat platform is included and is ideal for use with tissue culture flasks, Petri dishes, staining trays and other flat vessels. The convenient MAGic Clamp™ platformis also available for use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique, magnetic attachment method (PATENTED) is the easiest way to instantly change between flask clamps of different sizes.

Large 18 x 18", up to 5 x 2L
Exceptional temperature uniformity
Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
Instantly change flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories
Optional shelf for Petri dishes, microplates, etc.
Incu-Shaker 10LR (Refrigerated) for temperatures down to RT -15°C

Specifications:

Speed:	Variable, 30 to 300 rpm
Orbit:	19mm / 3/4 in.
Temp. Range (10LR):	Room Temp. -15°C to 60°C
Temp. Increment:	0.1°C
Temp. Accuracy:	±0.1°C
Temp. Uniformity:	±1.25°C
Speed Increment:	1 rpm
Platform Dimensions:	17.8 x 17.8 in./ 45 x 45 cm
Dimensions: (w x d x h)	20 x 26 x 19 in. / 51 x 65 x 47 cm
Dimensions (10LR): (w x d x h)	20 x 31 x 22 in. / 51 x 79 x 56 cm
Weight (10LR):	120 lbs (55kg)
Height, Lid Open:	38 in. / 96.5 cm
Timer:	1 min. to 48 hours / continuous
Electrical:	115 or 230V, 50-60Hz, 450W

[/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/cTQ77Jblh2s" el_width="80" align="center" title="MAGic Clamp"][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:

Order No.:	Description:
H1012-E	Incu-Shaker 10LR (Refrigerated) with flat mat platform
	Optional Platforms
H1010-MR	MAGic Clamp™ universal platform for flasks and tube racks (18 x 18 in.)
H1010-P-SP	Spring platform for unique vessel types
H1010-P-MP	6 x microplate platform

H1010-SH	Optional shelf, 14 x 5,5" for Petri dishes, microplates, etc.

	MAGic Clamp Flask Clamps
H1000-MR-CMB	ADJUSTABLE flask clamp, accepts 125ml, 250ml & 500ml (max. 16x500, 25x250 or 36x125ml)
H1000-MR-25	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 25ml, max.49
H1000-MR-50	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 50ml, max.49
H1000-MR125	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 125ml, max.36
H1000-MR-250	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 250ml, max.25
H1000-MR-500	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 500ml, max.16
H1000-MR-1000	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 1L, max. 9
H1000-MR-2000	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2L, max.5
H1000-MR-3000	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2.8L, max.4
H1000-MR-MP	Clamp for 1 x microplate for H1000-MR, max. 6

	MAGic Clamp Tube/Bottle Racks
H1000-MR-1550	Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 30x15ml & 20x50ml, max. 4
H1000-MR-T15	Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 32x15ml, max. 8
H1000-MR-T50	Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 8
H1000-MR-T600	Bottle Rack for H1000-MR, 4x500/600ml bottle, max. 4
H1000-MR-TSR	Tilted holder for 15ml and 50ml tube racks, max 8

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Incu-Shaker 10L Shaking Incubator

[vc_row][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4154,4151" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] Incu-Shaker™ 10L is a heavy-duty performer, designed for heavy workloads and continuous use. Its outstanding temperature accuracy and uniformity are supported by proprietary heat distribution technology that ensures that temperatures are precisely maintained throughout the chamber. Inconsistencies due to stratification are reduced to negligible levels and the selected temperature is precisely maintained within 0.25%, even in the corners. The powerful brushless induction drive is designed for years of trouble-free service, even under continuous use conditions with heavy loads. Noise and vibration are minimized by an advanced, computer designed motor isolation system. Like other Incu-Shaker models, the 10L is built to last. A standard, rubber mat platform is included and is ideal for use with tissue culture flasks, Petri dishes, staining trays and other flat vessels. The convenient MAGic Clamp™ platform is also available for use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique, magnetic attachment method (PATENTED) is the easiest way to instantly change between flask clamps of different sizes.

Large 18 x 18", up to 5 x 2L
TOUCH screen control over time, speed and temperature
Exceptional temperature uniformity
Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
Instantly change flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories
Optional shelf for Petri dishes, microplates, etc.

Specifications:

Speed:	Variable, 30 to 300 rpm
Orbit:	19mm / 3/4 in.
Temp. Range:	Room Temp. +5 to 60°C
Temp. Increment:	0.1°C
Temp. Accuracy:	±0.1°C
Temp. Uniformity:	±1.25°C
Speed Increment:	1 rpm
Platform Dimensions:	17.8 x 17.8 in./ 45 x 45 cm
Dimensions: (w x d x h)	20 x 26 x 19 in. / 51 x 65 x 47 cm
Weight:	120 lbs (55kg)
Height, Lid Open:	38 in. / 96.5 cm
Timer:	1 min. to 48 hours / continuous
Electrical:	115 or 230V, 50-60Hz, 450W

[/vc_column_text][vc_video link="https://youtu.be/cTQ77Jblh2s" el_width="80" align="center" title="MAGic Clamp"][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:

Order no.:	Description:
H2010-E	Incu-Shaker 10L with flat mat platform
	Optional Platforms
H1010-MR	MAGIc Clamp universal platform for flasks and tube racks (18 x 18 in.)
H1010-P-SP	Spring platform for unique vessel types
H1010-P-MP	6 x microplate platform
H1010-SH	Optional shelf, 14 x 5,5" for Petri dishes, microplates, etc
	MAGic Clamp Flask Clamps
H1000-MR-CMB	ADJUSTABLE flask clamp, accepts 125ml, 250ml & 500ml (max. 16x500, 25x250 or 36x125ml)
H1000-MR-25	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 25ml, max.49
H1000-MR-50	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 50ml, max.49
H1000-MR-125	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 125ml, max.36
H1000-MR-250	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 250ml, max.25
H1000-MR-500	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 500ml, max.16
H1000-MR-1000	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 1L, max. 9
H1000-MR-2000	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2L, max.5
H1000-MR-3000	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 2.8L, max.4
H1000-MR-MP	Clamp for 1 x microplate for H1000-MR, max. 6
	MAGic Clamp Tube/Bottle Racks
H1000-MR-1550	Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 30x15ml & 20x50ml, max. 4
H1000-MR-T15	Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 32x15ml, max. 8
H1000-MR-T50	Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 8
H1000-MR-T600	Bottle Rack for H1000-MR, 4x500/600ml bottle, max. 4
H1000-MR-T15H	Tube Rack, 12x1.5ml horizontal, max. 6
H1000-MR-T150H	Tube Rack, 4x15ml horizontal, max. 8
H1000-MR-T50H	Tube Rack, 2x50ml horizontal, max. 8
H1000-MR-TSR	Tilted holder for 15ml and 50ml tube racks, max 8

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

IncuShaker Mini Shaking Incubator

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Incubating Shaker[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="4150,4151,4152" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] The Incu-Shaker™ Mini is the most compact shaking incubator in its class. Despite the remarkably small footprint, a large 11.5 x 9.5 in. work space accepts several platforms and a variety of flasks, tubes and other common vessels. The standard platform (included) features a non-slip, rubber coated surface, ideal for tissue culture flasks, Petri dishes and staining trays. The convenient MAGic Clamp™ (PATENTED) platform is also available for use with Erlenmeyer flasks and test tube racks. The unique, magnetic attach- ment method is the easiest way to instantly change between flask clamps of different sizes.

Extremely compact, just 11" wide
Exceptional temperature uniformity
Horizontally circular 19mm orbit for aeration & mixing
Instantly exchange flask clamps with MAGic Clamp™ accessories (PATENTED)

Link to Product

Specifications:

Temperature Range:	Ambient +5° to 70°C
Temperature Increments:	+0.1°C
Temperature Uniformity:	±0.25°C
Temperature Accuracy:	±0.1°C
Shaking Speed Range:	30 to 300rpm
Speed Increments:	1rpm
Shaking Orbit:	19mm (4/4")
Operating Temp Range:	+4 to +65°C
Platform Dimensions:	9.5 x 11.5 in./28 x 41 x 33 cm
Exterior Dimensions (W x D x H):	11 x 16.2 x 13 in. / 28 x 41 x 33 cm
Height with Lid Open:	25 in. / 63 cm
Timer:	1 min. to 48 hours / continuous
Weight:	25 lbs (11.5kg)
Electrical:	115 or 230V, 50-60Hz, 300W

[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Ordering Information:

Order no.	Description
H1001-M-E	Incu-Shaker Mini with flat mat platform
	Optional Platforms
H1000-MR	MAGic Clamp™ universal platform for flasks and tube racks (9.5 x 11.5)
H1000-P-MP	4 x microplate platform
H1000-P-SP	Spring platform for unique vessel types
	MAGic Clamp™ Accessories
H1000-MR-CMB	ADJUSTABLE flask clamp, accepts 125ml, 250ml & 500ml (max. 5x500, 8x250 or 12x125ml)
H1000-MR-25	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 25ml, max.20
H1000-MR-50	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 50ml, max.20
H1000-MR-125	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 125ml, max.12
H1000-MR-250	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 250ml, max.8
H1000-MR-500	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 500ml, max.5
H1000-MR-1000	Flask clamp for H1000-MR, 1000ml max. 2
H1000-MR-MP	Clamp for 1 x microplate for H1000-MR, max. 4
H1000-MR-1550	Tube Rack, 30x15ml &20x50ml tubes with Magnets on Bottom (max. 1)
H1000-MR-T15	Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 32x15ml, max. 2
H1000-MR-T50	Tube Rack for H1000-MR, 15x50ml, max. 2
H1000-MR-T600	Rack for H1000-MR, 4x500/600ml bottle, max. 1
H1000-MR-T15H	Tube Rack, 12x1.5ml horizontal, max. 2
H1000-MR-TSR	Angled tube rack holder, adjustable tilt (max. 1)

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 振荡培养箱[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="333,335,334" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

非常紧凑, 只有28cm宽
杰出的温度均匀性
水平19mm圆形轨道,可用于曝气和搅拌
瞬间更换瓶夹MAGic Clamp™ （专利）

规格

温度范围	室温 +5° to 70°C
温度增量	+0.1°C
温度均匀性	±0.25°C
温度精度	±0.1°C
摇动速度范围	30 至 300rpm
速度递增	1rpm
摇动轨道	19mm
使用温度范围	+4 to +65°C
平台尺寸	28 x 41 x 33 cm
外壳尺寸 (W x D x H)	28 x 41 x 33 cm
盖打开时的高度	63 cm
计时器	1 分钟至 48 小时 / 连续
重量	11.5kg
电源	230V, 50-60Hz, 300W

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

Mixer

Mortexer Vortex Mixer BV1005

{:en}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]Your Location: Main page > Equipment > Mixer[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="325,326" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text] The Mortexer™ is MORE than your standard vortex mixer. The unique design of the Multi-Head™ (included) features a traditional cup head for general purpose mixing, plus holds up to eight microcentrifuge tubes. The drive system is balanced with Q-Drive™ technology, providing a smooth vortexing action, while minimizing noise and excessive vibration. This results in quieter, more efficient and longer lasting operation. Increased speed, up to 3400 rpm produces an instant vortex of even the largest sample sizes, including full 50ml tubes. Other features include: “no-walk” suction feet, cold room/incubator compatibility and spill-proof electronic controls.

Unique Multi-Head™ for general purpose vortexing PLUS holds up to eight microtubes (Patent Pending)
Powerful motor for INSTANT vortexing
Continuous or "touch" operation
Q-Drive™ dynamic balancing system
Variable speed from 200 to 3400 rpm
Wide variety of accessories

Link to Product

Specifications:

Speed:	200 to 3400 rpm
Operating modes:	Touch or continuous
Orbit:	3mm
Operating Temp. Range:	+4 to +65°C
Dimensions: (w x d x h)	5 x 6.3 x 6.7 in. / 13 x 16 x 17 cm
Weight:	8.4 lbs (3.8 kg)
Electrical:	115V or 230V, 180W

Ordering information:

Order no.	Description
BV1005-E	Mortexer Vortex Mixer
BV1000-FLAT	Optional 3 in. flat head attachment
BV1000-COMBO	Optional combination head for one microplate & microtubes (38x1.5 & 28x0.5)
BV1000-H15	Optional attachment for 12 x 1.5ml, horizontal
BV1000-H150	Optional attachment for 4 x 15ml, horizontal
BV1000-H500	Optional attachment for 2 x 50ml, horizontal

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}{:zh}[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]您的位置: 主页 > 仪器 > 混合器[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row full_height="yes" columns_placement="top"][vc_column width="1/4"][vc_images_carousel images="325,326" img_size="full" autoplay="yes" hide_pagination_control="yes" wrap="yes"][/vc_column][vc_column width="3/4"][vc_column_text]

独特的多头桅杆(Multi-Head™ )通用涡旋加上可放置多达八个微管（专利待审）
强力马达可提供瞬间混合
连续或者按压启动
Q-Drive™ 动态平衡系统
无极可调速度由 200 至 3400 rpm
多种配件可以选

规格

速度	200 至 3400 rpm
操作模式	按压启动或者连续
轨道	3mm
使用温度范围	+4 至 +65°C
尺寸 (w x d x h)	13 x 16 x 17 cm
重量	3.8 kg
电源	230V, 180W

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]{:}

Vornado Mini vortex mixer BV101

BenchMixer Vortex Mixer BV1000

Mortexer Vortex Mixer BV1005

Oven

Series ED-S | Drying and heating chambers Solid.Line with natural convection

[vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text] The new products in the Solid.Line impress with their tried-and-tested BINDER quality and reliability. They are suited to drying and heating. The attributes of the Solid.Line are geared towards the application in question and therefore used in research and quality assurance.[/vc_column_text][vc_row_inner][vc_column_inner width="1/3"][vc_column_text][/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][vc_column_inner width="2/3"][vc_column_text].

Important characteristics

Temperature range: ambient temperature +7 °C to 250 °C
APT.line™ preheating chamber technology
Natural convection
Adjustable exhaust air flap
Controller with timer function
2 chrome-plated racks
Class 2 integrated independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Model	Housing Dimensions (excluding fittings and connections) W x H x D (mm)	Internal Dimensions W x H x D (mm)	Net weight (kg)	Interior volume (L)
ED-S 56	590 x 580 x 515	400 x 440 x 350	41	62
ED-S 115	740 x 790 x 555	550 x 550 x 390	57	118

． [/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Series FD-S | Drying and heating chambers Solid.Line with forced convection

Important characteristics

Temperature range: ambient temperature +10 °C to 250 °C
APT.line™ preheating chamber technology
Forced convection
Adjustable exhaust air flap
Controller with timer function
2 chrome-plated racks
Class 2 integrated independent adjustable temperature safety device (DIN 12880) with visual alarm

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column_inner][/vc_row_inner][/vc_column][/vc_row][vc_row][vc_column][vc_column_text]

Model	Housing Dimensions (excluding fittings and connections) W x H x D (mm)	Internal Dimensions W x H x D (mm)	Net weight (kg)	Interior volume (L)
FD-S 56	590 x 580 x 515	400 x 440 x 350	41	55
FD-S 115	740 x 790 x 555	550 x 550 x 390	57	106

[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Model	Capacity	Minimum display	Pan size (mm)
BW12KH	12kg	0.1g	345 x 250
BW22KH	22kg	0.1g	345 x 250
BW32KH	32kg	0.1g	345 x 250
BW32KS	32kg	1g	345 x 250
BW52KS	52kg	1g	345 x 250

Model	Capacity	Minimum display	Pan size (mm)
BX12KH	12kg	0.1g	345 x 250
BX22KH	22kg	0.1g	345 x 250
BX32KH	32kg	0.1g	345 x 250
BX32KS	32kg	1g	345 x 250
BX52KS	52kg	1g	345 x 250

Model	Catalog No.	Balance Series	Reduced Capacity (approx.)
Small Animal Bucket set	321-62150	UW/UX (Capacity 2200g or more)	Bottom 110dia, Top 200dia, Height 130
Medium-size Animal Bucket set*1	321-62545-03	BX-K	Bottom 305 x 215, Top 377 x 245, Height 215
Medium-size Animal Bucket set*1	321-62545-04	BW-K	Bottom 305 x 215, Top 377 x 245, Height 215
Large Animal Bucket set*2	321-62545-01	BX-K (Capacity 22kg or more)	Bottom 335 x 245, Top 445 x 395, Height 345
Large Animal Bucket set*2	321-62545-02	BW-K (Capacity 22kg or more)	Bottom 335 x 245, Top 445 x 395, Height 345

Ion Generation Method	AC corona discharge method
Ion Balance	±10V
Effective Static Removal Range	50 - 400 mm from the outlet
Static Elimination Time (approx.)	1 second (Typical value) (from ±1000 V to ±100 V)
Ozone Concentration	0.06 ppm
Electrode Probes	Tungsten (durability: 30,000 hours)
Weight	Approx. 710 g (Main unit: 395 g, Stand: 315 g)
Operating Temperature and Humidity	0 ºC to + 40 ºC, 25 % RH to 85 % RH (non-condensing)
Rated Electric Power Supply	DC 24 V, 1.0 A

型号	量程(g)	精度(g)	重复性（g）	线性（g）	平均响应时间（S）	称盘尺寸（mm）
UW220H	220	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UW420H	420	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UW620H	620	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UW820H	820	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UW1020H	1020	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UW2200H	2200	0.01	0.01	0.002	1.5-2.5	170×180
UW4200H	4200	0.01	0.01	0.02	1.5-2.5	170×180
UW6200H	6200	0.01	0.01	0.02	1.5-2.5	170×180
UW420S	420	0.01	0.008	0.01	0.7-1.2	108×105
UW820S	820	0.01	0.008	0.01	0.7-1.2	108×105
UW4200S	4200	0.1	0.08	0.1	0.7-1.2	170×180
UW8200S	8200	0.1	0.08	0.1	0.7-1.2	170×180
UX220H	220	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UX420H	420	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UX620H	620	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UX820H	820	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UX1020H	1020	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UX2200H	2200	0.01	0.01	0.002	1.5-2.5	170×180
UX4200H	4200	0.01	0.01	0.02	1.5-2.5	170×180
UX6200H	6200	0.01	0.01	0.02	1.5-2.5	170×180
UX420S	420	0.01	0.008	0.01	0.7-1.2	108×105
UX820S	820	0.01	0.008	0.01	0.7-1.2	108×105
UX4200S	4200	0.1	0.08	0.1	0.7-1.2	170×180
UX8200S	8200	0.1	0.08	0.1	0.7-1.2	170×180

型号	量程(g)	精度(g)	重复性（g）	线性（g）	平均响应时间（S）	称盘尺寸（mm）
UW220H	220	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UW420H	420	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UW620H	620	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UW820H	820	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UW1020H	1020	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UW2200H	2200	0.01	0.01	0.002	1.5-2.5	170×180
UW4200H	4200	0.01	0.01	0.02	1.5-2.5	170×180
UW6200H	6200	0.01	0.01	0.02	1.5-2.5	170×180
UW420S	420	0.01	0.008	0.01	0.7-1.2	108×105
UW820S	820	0.01	0.008	0.01	0.7-1.2	108×105
UW4200S	4200	0.1	0.08	0.1	0.7-1.2	170×180
UW8200S	8200	0.1	0.08	0.1	0.7-1.2	170×180
UX220H	220	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UX420H	420	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UX620H	620	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UX820H	820	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UX1020H	1020	0.001	0.001	0.002	1.5-2.5	108×105
UX2200H	2200	0.01	0.01	0.002	1.5-2.5	170×180
UX4200H	4200	0.01	0.01	0.02	1.5-2.5	170×180
UX6200H	6200	0.01	0.01	0.02	1.5-2.5	170×180
UX420S	420	0.01	0.008	0.01	0.7-1.2	108×105
UX820S	820	0.01	0.008	0.01	0.7-1.2	108×105
UX4200S	4200	0.1	0.08	0.1	0.7-1.2	170×180
UX8200S	8200	0.1	0.08	0.1	0.7-1.2	170×180